Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ops.c @ 3400:df9c7798b5e2 v7.3.466
updated for version 7.3.466
Problem: Get ml_get error hen ":behave mswin" was used and selecting
several lines. (A. Sinan Unur)
Solution: Adjust the end of the operation. (Christian Brabandt)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 07 Mar 2012 19:30:36 +0100 |
parents | f1cde9cf023e |
children | fb2c5a51dac7 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ops.c: implementation of various operators: op_shift, op_delete, op_tilde, | |
12 * op_change, op_yank, do_put, do_join | |
13 */ | |
14 | |
15 #include "vim.h" | |
16 | |
17 /* | |
18 * Number of registers. | |
19 * 0 = unnamed register, for normal yanks and puts | |
20 * 1..9 = registers '1' to '9', for deletes | |
21 * 10..35 = registers 'a' to 'z' | |
22 * 36 = delete register '-' | |
23 * 37 = Selection register '*'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD defined | |
24 * 38 = Clipboard register '+'. Only if FEAT_CLIPBOARD and FEAT_X11 defined | |
25 */ | |
26 /* | |
27 * Symbolic names for some registers. | |
28 */ | |
29 #define DELETION_REGISTER 36 | |
30 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
31 # define STAR_REGISTER 37 | |
32 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
33 # define PLUS_REGISTER 38 | |
34 # else | |
35 # define PLUS_REGISTER STAR_REGISTER /* there is only one */ | |
36 # endif | |
37 #endif | |
38 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
39 # define TILDE_REGISTER (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
40 #endif | |
41 | |
42 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
43 # ifdef FEAT_DND | |
44 # define NUM_REGISTERS (TILDE_REGISTER + 1) | |
45 # else | |
46 # define NUM_REGISTERS (PLUS_REGISTER + 1) | |
47 # endif | |
48 #else | |
49 # define NUM_REGISTERS 37 | |
50 #endif | |
51 | |
52 /* | |
53 * Each yank register is an array of pointers to lines. | |
54 */ | |
55 static struct yankreg | |
56 { | |
57 char_u **y_array; /* pointer to array of line pointers */ | |
58 linenr_T y_size; /* number of lines in y_array */ | |
59 char_u y_type; /* MLINE, MCHAR or MBLOCK */ | |
60 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
61 colnr_T y_width; /* only set if y_type == MBLOCK */ | |
62 #endif | |
63 } y_regs[NUM_REGISTERS]; | |
64 | |
65 static struct yankreg *y_current; /* ptr to current yankreg */ | |
66 static int y_append; /* TRUE when appending */ | |
67 static struct yankreg *y_previous = NULL; /* ptr to last written yankreg */ | |
68 | |
69 /* | |
70 * structure used by block_prep, op_delete and op_yank for blockwise operators | |
71 * also op_change, op_shift, op_insert, op_replace - AKelly | |
72 */ | |
73 struct block_def | |
74 { | |
1839 | 75 int startspaces; /* 'extra' cols before first char */ |
76 int endspaces; /* 'extra' cols after last char */ | |
7 | 77 int textlen; /* chars in block */ |
1839 | 78 char_u *textstart; /* pointer to 1st char (partially) in block */ |
79 colnr_T textcol; /* index of chars (partially) in block */ | |
7 | 80 colnr_T start_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly inside block */ |
81 colnr_T end_vcol; /* start col of 1st char wholly after block */ | |
82 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
83 int is_short; /* TRUE if line is too short to fit in block */ | |
84 int is_MAX; /* TRUE if curswant==MAXCOL when starting */ | |
85 int is_oneChar; /* TRUE if block within one character */ | |
86 int pre_whitesp; /* screen cols of ws before block */ | |
87 int pre_whitesp_c; /* chars of ws before block */ | |
88 colnr_T end_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of post-block char */ | |
89 #endif | |
90 colnr_T start_char_vcols; /* number of vcols of pre-block char */ | |
91 }; | |
92 | |
93 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
94 static void shift_block __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, int amount)); | |
95 static void block_insert __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, char_u *s, int b_insert, struct block_def*bdp)); | |
96 #endif | |
97 static int stuff_yank __ARGS((int, char_u *)); | |
1034 | 98 static void put_reedit_in_typebuf __ARGS((int silent)); |
1077 | 99 static int put_in_typebuf __ARGS((char_u *s, int esc, int colon, |
100 int silent)); | |
7 | 101 static void stuffescaped __ARGS((char_u *arg, int literally)); |
102 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
103 static void mb_adjust_opend __ARGS((oparg_T *oap)); | |
104 #endif | |
105 static void free_yank __ARGS((long)); | |
106 static void free_yank_all __ARGS((void)); | |
107 static int yank_copy_line __ARGS((struct block_def *bd, long y_idx)); | |
108 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
109 static void copy_yank_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *reg)); | |
110 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
111 static void may_set_selection __ARGS((void)); | |
112 # endif | |
113 #endif | |
114 static void dis_msg __ARGS((char_u *p, int skip_esc)); | |
115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
116 static void block_prep __ARGS((oparg_T *oap, struct block_def *, linenr_T, int)); | |
117 #endif | |
118 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
119 static void str_to_reg __ARGS((struct yankreg *y_ptr, int type, char_u *str, long len, long blocklen)); | |
120 #endif | |
121 static int ends_in_white __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
122 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
123 static int same_leader __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int, char_u *, int, char_u *)); | |
124 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T, int *, char_u **, int do_comments)); | |
125 #else | |
126 static int fmt_check_par __ARGS((linenr_T)); | |
127 #endif | |
128 | |
129 /* | |
130 * The names of operators. | |
131 * IMPORTANT: Index must correspond with defines in vim.h!!! | |
132 * The third field indicates whether the operator always works on lines. | |
133 */ | |
134 static char opchars[][3] = | |
135 { | |
136 {NUL, NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_NOP */ | |
137 {'d', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_DELETE */ | |
138 {'y', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_YANK */ | |
139 {'c', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_CHANGE */ | |
140 {'<', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_LSHIFT */ | |
141 {'>', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_RSHIFT */ | |
142 {'!', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_FILTER */ | |
143 {'g', '~', FALSE}, /* OP_TILDE */ | |
144 {'=', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_INDENT */ | |
145 {'g', 'q', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT */ | |
146 {':', NUL, TRUE}, /* OP_COLON */ | |
147 {'g', 'U', FALSE}, /* OP_UPPER */ | |
148 {'g', 'u', FALSE}, /* OP_LOWER */ | |
149 {'J', NUL, TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN */ | |
150 {'g', 'J', TRUE}, /* DO_JOIN_NS */ | |
151 {'g', '?', FALSE}, /* OP_ROT13 */ | |
152 {'r', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_REPLACE */ | |
153 {'I', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_INSERT */ | |
154 {'A', NUL, FALSE}, /* OP_APPEND */ | |
155 {'z', 'f', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLD */ | |
156 {'z', 'o', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPEN */ | |
157 {'z', 'O', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDOPENREC */ | |
158 {'z', 'c', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSE */ | |
159 {'z', 'C', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDCLOSEREC */ | |
160 {'z', 'd', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDEL */ | |
161 {'z', 'D', TRUE}, /* OP_FOLDDELREC */ | |
162 {'g', 'w', TRUE}, /* OP_FORMAT2 */ | |
603 | 163 {'g', '@', FALSE}, /* OP_FUNCTION */ |
7 | 164 }; |
165 | |
166 /* | |
167 * Translate a command name into an operator type. | |
168 * Must only be called with a valid operator name! | |
169 */ | |
170 int | |
171 get_op_type(char1, char2) | |
172 int char1; | |
173 int char2; | |
174 { | |
175 int i; | |
176 | |
177 if (char1 == 'r') /* ignore second character */ | |
178 return OP_REPLACE; | |
179 if (char1 == '~') /* when tilde is an operator */ | |
180 return OP_TILDE; | |
181 for (i = 0; ; ++i) | |
182 if (opchars[i][0] == char1 && opchars[i][1] == char2) | |
183 break; | |
184 return i; | |
185 } | |
186 | |
187 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
188 /* | |
189 * Return TRUE if operator "op" always works on whole lines. | |
190 */ | |
191 int | |
192 op_on_lines(op) | |
193 int op; | |
194 { | |
195 return opchars[op][2]; | |
196 } | |
197 #endif | |
198 | |
199 /* | |
200 * Get first operator command character. | |
201 * Returns 'g' or 'z' if there is another command character. | |
202 */ | |
203 int | |
204 get_op_char(optype) | |
205 int optype; | |
206 { | |
207 return opchars[optype][0]; | |
208 } | |
209 | |
210 /* | |
211 * Get second operator command character. | |
212 */ | |
213 int | |
214 get_extra_op_char(optype) | |
215 int optype; | |
216 { | |
217 return opchars[optype][1]; | |
218 } | |
219 | |
220 /* | |
221 * op_shift - handle a shift operation | |
222 */ | |
223 void | |
224 op_shift(oap, curs_top, amount) | |
225 oparg_T *oap; | |
226 int curs_top; | |
227 int amount; | |
228 { | |
229 long i; | |
230 int first_char; | |
231 char_u *s; | |
232 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
233 int block_col = 0; | |
234 #endif | |
235 | |
236 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
237 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
238 return; | |
239 | |
240 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
241 if (oap->block_mode) | |
242 block_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
243 #endif | |
244 | |
245 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
246 { | |
247 first_char = *ml_get_curline(); | |
248 if (first_char == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
249 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
250 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
251 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
252 shift_block(oap, amount); | |
253 #endif | |
254 else | |
255 /* Move the line right if it doesn't start with '#', 'smartindent' | |
256 * isn't set or 'cindent' isn't set or '#' isn't in 'cino'. */ | |
257 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
258 if (first_char != '#' || !preprocs_left()) | |
259 #endif | |
260 { | |
1516 | 261 shift_line(oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT, p_sr, amount, FALSE); |
7 | 262 } |
263 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
264 } | |
265 | |
266 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
267 | |
268 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
269 if (oap->block_mode) | |
270 { | |
271 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
272 curwin->w_cursor.col = block_col; | |
273 } | |
274 else | |
275 #endif | |
276 if (curs_top) /* put cursor on first line, for ">>" */ | |
277 { | |
278 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
279 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); /* shift_line() may have set cursor.col */ | |
280 } | |
281 else | |
282 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; /* put cursor on last line, for ":>" */ | |
283 | |
284 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
285 { | |
286 if (oap->op_type == OP_RSHIFT) | |
287 s = (char_u *)">"; | |
288 else | |
289 s = (char_u *)"<"; | |
290 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
291 { | |
292 if (amount == 1) | |
293 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed 1 time"), s); | |
294 else | |
295 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("1 line %sed %d times"), s, amount); | |
296 } | |
297 else | |
298 { | |
299 if (amount == 1) | |
300 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed 1 time"), | |
301 oap->line_count, s); | |
302 else | |
303 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("%ld lines %sed %d times"), | |
304 oap->line_count, s, amount); | |
305 } | |
306 msg(IObuff); | |
307 } | |
308 | |
309 /* | |
310 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
311 */ | |
312 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
313 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
314 curbuf->b_op_end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
315 if (curbuf->b_op_end.col > 0) | |
316 --curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
317 } | |
318 | |
319 /* | |
320 * shift the current line one shiftwidth left (if left != 0) or right | |
321 * leaves cursor on first blank in the line | |
322 */ | |
323 void | |
1516 | 324 shift_line(left, round, amount, call_changed_bytes) |
7 | 325 int left; |
326 int round; | |
327 int amount; | |
1516 | 328 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
7 | 329 { |
330 int count; | |
331 int i, j; | |
332 int p_sw = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
333 | |
334 count = get_indent(); /* get current indent */ | |
335 | |
336 if (round) /* round off indent */ | |
337 { | |
338 i = count / p_sw; /* number of p_sw rounded down */ | |
339 j = count % p_sw; /* extra spaces */ | |
340 if (j && left) /* first remove extra spaces */ | |
341 --amount; | |
342 if (left) | |
343 { | |
344 i -= amount; | |
345 if (i < 0) | |
346 i = 0; | |
347 } | |
348 else | |
349 i += amount; | |
350 count = i * p_sw; | |
351 } | |
352 else /* original vi indent */ | |
353 { | |
354 if (left) | |
355 { | |
356 count -= p_sw * amount; | |
357 if (count < 0) | |
358 count = 0; | |
359 } | |
360 else | |
361 count += p_sw * amount; | |
362 } | |
363 | |
364 /* Set new indent */ | |
365 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
366 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
1516 | 367 change_indent(INDENT_SET, count, FALSE, NUL, call_changed_bytes); |
7 | 368 else |
369 #endif | |
1516 | 370 (void)set_indent(count, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
7 | 371 } |
372 | |
373 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
374 /* | |
375 * Shift one line of the current block one shiftwidth right or left. | |
376 * Leaves cursor on first character in block. | |
377 */ | |
378 static void | |
379 shift_block(oap, amount) | |
380 oparg_T *oap; | |
381 int amount; | |
382 { | |
383 int left = (oap->op_type == OP_LSHIFT); | |
384 int oldstate = State; | |
1839 | 385 int total; |
386 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
7 | 387 int oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
388 int p_sw = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
389 int p_ts = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
390 struct block_def bd; | |
391 int incr; | |
1839 | 392 colnr_T ws_vcol; |
7 | 393 int i = 0, j = 0; |
394 int len; | |
395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
396 int old_p_ri = p_ri; | |
397 | |
398 p_ri = 0; /* don't want revins in ident */ | |
399 #endif | |
400 | |
401 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
402 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
403 if (bd.is_short) | |
404 return; | |
405 | |
406 /* total is number of screen columns to be inserted/removed */ | |
407 total = amount * p_sw; | |
408 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
409 | |
410 if (!left) | |
411 { | |
412 /* | |
413 * 1. Get start vcol | |
414 * 2. Total ws vcols | |
415 * 3. Divvy into TABs & spp | |
416 * 4. Construct new string | |
417 */ | |
418 total += bd.pre_whitesp; /* all virtual WS upto & incl a split TAB */ | |
419 ws_vcol = bd.start_vcol - bd.pre_whitesp; | |
420 if (bd.startspaces) | |
421 { | |
422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
423 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 424 bd.textstart += (*mb_ptr2len)(bd.textstart); |
1995 | 425 else |
426 #endif | |
427 ++bd.textstart; | |
7 | 428 } |
429 for ( ; vim_iswhite(*bd.textstart); ) | |
430 { | |
431 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&bd.textstart, (colnr_T)(bd.start_vcol)); | |
432 total += incr; | |
433 bd.start_vcol += incr; | |
434 } | |
435 /* OK, now total=all the VWS reqd, and textstart points at the 1st | |
436 * non-ws char in the block. */ | |
437 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
438 i = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) / p_ts; /* number of tabs */ | |
439 if (i) | |
440 j = ((ws_vcol % p_ts) + total) % p_ts; /* number of spp */ | |
441 else | |
442 j = total; | |
443 /* if we're splitting a TAB, allow for it */ | |
444 bd.textcol -= bd.pre_whitesp_c - (bd.startspaces != 0); | |
445 len = (int)STRLEN(bd.textstart) + 1; | |
446 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
447 if (newp == NULL) | |
448 return; | |
449 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(bd.textcol + i + j + len)); | |
450 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
451 copy_chars(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)i, TAB); | |
452 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol + i, (size_t)j); | |
453 /* the end */ | |
454 mch_memmove(newp + bd.textcol + i + j, bd.textstart, (size_t)len); | |
455 } | |
456 else /* left */ | |
457 { | |
1839 | 458 colnr_T destination_col; /* column to which text in block will |
459 be shifted */ | |
460 char_u *verbatim_copy_end; /* end of the part of the line which is | |
461 copied verbatim */ | |
462 colnr_T verbatim_copy_width;/* the (displayed) width of this part | |
463 of line */ | |
464 unsigned fill; /* nr of spaces that replace a TAB */ | |
465 unsigned new_line_len; /* the length of the line after the | |
466 block shift */ | |
467 size_t block_space_width; | |
468 size_t shift_amount; | |
469 char_u *non_white = bd.textstart; | |
470 colnr_T non_white_col; | |
471 | |
472 /* | |
473 * Firstly, let's find the first non-whitespace character that is | |
474 * displayed after the block's start column and the character's column | |
475 * number. Also, let's calculate the width of all the whitespace | |
476 * characters that are displayed in the block and precede the searched | |
477 * non-whitespace character. | |
478 */ | |
479 | |
480 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character, | |
481 * the part of which is displayed at the block's beginning. Let's start | |
482 * searching from the next character. */ | |
483 if (bd.startspaces) | |
484 mb_ptr_adv(non_white); | |
485 | |
486 /* The character's column is in "bd.start_vcol". */ | |
487 non_white_col = bd.start_vcol; | |
488 | |
489 while (vim_iswhite(*non_white)) | |
7 | 490 { |
1839 | 491 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&non_white, non_white_col); |
492 non_white_col += incr; | |
7 | 493 } |
1839 | 494 |
495 block_space_width = non_white_col - oap->start_vcol; | |
496 /* We will shift by "total" or "block_space_width", whichever is less. | |
497 */ | |
1860 | 498 shift_amount = (block_space_width < (size_t)total |
499 ? block_space_width : (size_t)total); | |
1839 | 500 |
501 /* The column to which we will shift the text. */ | |
1860 | 502 destination_col = (colnr_T)(non_white_col - shift_amount); |
1839 | 503 |
504 /* Now let's find out how much of the beginning of the line we can | |
505 * reuse without modification. */ | |
506 verbatim_copy_end = bd.textstart; | |
507 verbatim_copy_width = bd.start_vcol; | |
508 | |
509 /* If "bd.startspaces" is set, "bd.textstart" points to the character | |
510 * preceding the block. We have to subtract its width to obtain its | |
511 * column number. */ | |
512 if (bd.startspaces) | |
513 verbatim_copy_width -= bd.start_char_vcols; | |
514 while (verbatim_copy_width < destination_col) | |
7 | 515 { |
1839 | 516 incr = lbr_chartabsize(verbatim_copy_end, verbatim_copy_width); |
517 if (verbatim_copy_width + incr > destination_col) | |
518 break; | |
519 verbatim_copy_width += incr; | |
520 mb_ptr_adv(verbatim_copy_end); | |
7 | 521 } |
522 | |
1839 | 523 /* If "destination_col" is different from the width of the initial |
524 * part of the line that will be copied, it means we encountered a tab | |
525 * character, which we will have to partly replace with spaces. */ | |
526 fill = destination_col - verbatim_copy_width; | |
527 | |
528 /* The replacement line will consist of: | |
529 * - the beginning of the original line up to "verbatim_copy_end", | |
530 * - "fill" number of spaces, | |
531 * - the rest of the line, pointed to by non_white. */ | |
532 new_line_len = (unsigned)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp) | |
533 + fill | |
534 + (unsigned)STRLEN(non_white) + 1; | |
535 | |
536 newp = alloc_check(new_line_len); | |
7 | 537 if (newp == NULL) |
538 return; | |
1839 | 539 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(verbatim_copy_end - oldp)); |
540 copy_spaces(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp), (size_t)fill); | |
541 STRMOVE(newp + (verbatim_copy_end - oldp) + fill, non_white); | |
7 | 542 } |
543 /* replace the line */ | |
544 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
545 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)bd.textcol); | |
546 State = oldstate; | |
547 curwin->w_cursor.col = oldcol; | |
548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
549 p_ri = old_p_ri; | |
550 #endif | |
551 } | |
552 #endif | |
553 | |
554 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
555 /* | |
556 * Insert string "s" (b_insert ? before : after) block :AKelly | |
557 * Caller must prepare for undo. | |
558 */ | |
559 static void | |
560 block_insert(oap, s, b_insert, bdp) | |
561 oparg_T *oap; | |
562 char_u *s; | |
563 int b_insert; | |
564 struct block_def *bdp; | |
565 { | |
566 int p_ts; | |
567 int count = 0; /* extra spaces to replace a cut TAB */ | |
568 int spaces = 0; /* non-zero if cutting a TAB */ | |
569 colnr_T offset; /* pointer along new line */ | |
570 unsigned s_len; /* STRLEN(s) */ | |
571 char_u *newp, *oldp; /* new, old lines */ | |
572 linenr_T lnum; /* loop var */ | |
573 int oldstate = State; | |
574 | |
575 State = INSERT; /* don't want REPLACE for State */ | |
576 s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s); | |
577 | |
578 for (lnum = oap->start.lnum + 1; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; lnum++) | |
579 { | |
580 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, TRUE); | |
581 if (bdp->is_short && b_insert) | |
582 continue; /* OP_INSERT, line ends before block start */ | |
583 | |
584 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
585 | |
586 if (b_insert) | |
587 { | |
588 p_ts = bdp->start_char_vcols; | |
589 spaces = bdp->startspaces; | |
590 if (spaces != 0) | |
591 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
592 offset = bdp->textcol; | |
593 } | |
594 else /* append */ | |
595 { | |
596 p_ts = bdp->end_char_vcols; | |
597 if (!bdp->is_short) /* spaces = padding after block */ | |
598 { | |
599 spaces = (bdp->endspaces ? p_ts - bdp->endspaces : 0); | |
600 if (spaces != 0) | |
601 count = p_ts - 1; /* we're cutting a TAB */ | |
602 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen - (spaces != 0); | |
603 } | |
604 else /* spaces = padding to block edge */ | |
605 { | |
606 /* if $ used, just append to EOL (ie spaces==0) */ | |
607 if (!bdp->is_MAX) | |
608 spaces = (oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol) + 1; | |
609 count = spaces; | |
610 offset = bdp->textcol + bdp->textlen; | |
611 } | |
612 } | |
613 | |
614 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp)) + s_len + count + 1); | |
615 if (newp == NULL) | |
616 continue; | |
617 | |
618 /* copy up to shifted part */ | |
619 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)(offset)); | |
620 oldp += offset; | |
621 | |
622 /* insert pre-padding */ | |
623 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)spaces); | |
624 | |
625 /* copy the new text */ | |
626 mch_memmove(newp + offset + spaces, s, (size_t)s_len); | |
627 offset += s_len; | |
628 | |
629 if (spaces && !bdp->is_short) | |
630 { | |
631 /* insert post-padding */ | |
632 copy_spaces(newp + offset + spaces, (size_t)(p_ts - spaces)); | |
633 /* We're splitting a TAB, don't copy it. */ | |
634 oldp++; | |
635 /* We allowed for that TAB, remember this now */ | |
636 count++; | |
637 } | |
638 | |
639 if (spaces > 0) | |
640 offset += count; | |
1622 | 641 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 642 |
643 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
644 | |
645 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
646 { | |
647 /* Set "']" mark to the end of the block instead of the end of | |
648 * the insert in the first line. */ | |
649 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
650 curbuf->b_op_end.col = offset; | |
651 } | |
652 } /* for all lnum */ | |
653 | |
654 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
655 | |
656 State = oldstate; | |
657 } | |
658 #endif | |
659 | |
660 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
661 /* | |
662 * op_reindent - handle reindenting a block of lines. | |
663 */ | |
664 void | |
665 op_reindent(oap, how) | |
666 oparg_T *oap; | |
667 int (*how) __ARGS((void)); | |
668 { | |
669 long i; | |
670 char_u *l; | |
671 int count; | |
672 linenr_T first_changed = 0; | |
673 linenr_T last_changed = 0; | |
674 linenr_T start_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
675 | |
216 | 676 /* Don't even try when 'modifiable' is off. */ |
677 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
678 { | |
679 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
680 return; | |
681 } | |
682 | |
7 | 683 for (i = oap->line_count; --i >= 0 && !got_int; ) |
684 { | |
685 /* it's a slow thing to do, so give feedback so there's no worry that | |
686 * the computer's just hung. */ | |
687 | |
688 if (i > 1 | |
689 && (i % 50 == 0 || i == oap->line_count - 1) | |
690 && oap->line_count > p_report) | |
691 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines to indent... "), i); | |
692 | |
693 /* | |
694 * Be vi-compatible: For lisp indenting the first line is not | |
695 * indented, unless there is only one line. | |
696 */ | |
697 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
698 if (i != oap->line_count - 1 || oap->line_count == 1 | |
699 || how != get_lisp_indent) | |
700 #endif | |
701 { | |
702 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
703 if (*l == NUL) /* empty or blank line */ | |
704 count = 0; | |
705 else | |
706 count = how(); /* get the indent for this line */ | |
707 | |
708 if (set_indent(count, SIN_UNDO)) | |
709 { | |
710 /* did change the indent, call changed_lines() later */ | |
711 if (first_changed == 0) | |
712 first_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
713 last_changed = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
714 } | |
715 } | |
716 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1550 | 717 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure it's valid */ |
7 | 718 } |
719 | |
720 /* put cursor on first non-blank of indented line */ | |
721 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; | |
722 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
723 | |
724 /* Mark changed lines so that they will be redrawn. When Visual | |
725 * highlighting was present, need to continue until the last line. When | |
726 * there is no change still need to remove the Visual highlighting. */ | |
727 if (last_changed != 0) | |
728 changed_lines(first_changed, 0, | |
729 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
730 oap->is_VIsual ? start_lnum + oap->line_count : | |
731 #endif | |
732 last_changed + 1, 0L); | |
733 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
734 else if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
735 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
736 #endif | |
737 | |
738 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
739 { | |
740 i = oap->line_count - (i + 1); | |
741 if (i == 1) | |
742 MSG(_("1 line indented ")); | |
743 else | |
744 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines indented "), i); | |
745 } | |
746 /* set '[ and '] marks */ | |
747 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
748 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
749 } | |
750 #endif /* defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) */ | |
751 | |
752 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
753 /* | |
754 * Keep the last expression line here, for repeating. | |
755 */ | |
756 static char_u *expr_line = NULL; | |
757 | |
758 /* | |
759 * Get an expression for the "\"=expr1" or "CTRL-R =expr1" | |
760 * Returns '=' when OK, NUL otherwise. | |
761 */ | |
762 int | |
763 get_expr_register() | |
764 { | |
765 char_u *new_line; | |
766 | |
767 new_line = getcmdline('=', 0L, 0); | |
768 if (new_line == NULL) | |
769 return NUL; | |
770 if (*new_line == NUL) /* use previous line */ | |
771 vim_free(new_line); | |
772 else | |
773 set_expr_line(new_line); | |
774 return '='; | |
775 } | |
776 | |
777 /* | |
778 * Set the expression for the '=' register. | |
779 * Argument must be an allocated string. | |
780 */ | |
781 void | |
782 set_expr_line(new_line) | |
783 char_u *new_line; | |
784 { | |
785 vim_free(expr_line); | |
786 expr_line = new_line; | |
787 } | |
788 | |
789 /* | |
790 * Get the result of the '=' register expression. | |
791 * Returns a pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. | |
792 */ | |
793 char_u * | |
794 get_expr_line() | |
795 { | |
796 char_u *expr_copy; | |
797 char_u *rv; | |
994 | 798 static int nested = 0; |
7 | 799 |
800 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
801 return NULL; | |
802 | |
803 /* Make a copy of the expression, because evaluating it may cause it to be | |
804 * changed. */ | |
805 expr_copy = vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
806 if (expr_copy == NULL) | |
807 return NULL; | |
808 | |
994 | 809 /* When we are invoked recursively limit the evaluation to 10 levels. |
810 * Then return the string as-is. */ | |
811 if (nested >= 10) | |
812 return expr_copy; | |
813 | |
814 ++nested; | |
714 | 815 rv = eval_to_string(expr_copy, NULL, TRUE); |
994 | 816 --nested; |
7 | 817 vim_free(expr_copy); |
818 return rv; | |
819 } | |
283 | 820 |
821 /* | |
822 * Get the '=' register expression itself, without evaluating it. | |
823 */ | |
824 char_u * | |
825 get_expr_line_src() | |
826 { | |
827 if (expr_line == NULL) | |
828 return NULL; | |
829 return vim_strsave(expr_line); | |
830 } | |
7 | 831 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ |
832 | |
833 /* | |
834 * Check if 'regname' is a valid name of a yank register. | |
835 * Note: There is no check for 0 (default register), caller should do this | |
836 */ | |
837 int | |
838 valid_yank_reg(regname, writing) | |
839 int regname; | |
840 int writing; /* if TRUE check for writable registers */ | |
841 { | |
842 if ( (regname > 0 && ASCII_ISALNUM(regname)) | |
843 || (!writing && vim_strchr((char_u *) | |
844 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
845 "/.%#:=" | |
846 #else | |
847 "/.%#:" | |
848 #endif | |
849 , regname) != NULL) | |
850 || regname == '"' | |
851 || regname == '-' | |
852 || regname == '_' | |
853 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
854 || regname == '*' | |
855 || regname == '+' | |
856 #endif | |
857 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
858 || (!writing && regname == '~') | |
859 #endif | |
860 ) | |
861 return TRUE; | |
862 return FALSE; | |
863 } | |
864 | |
865 /* | |
866 * Set y_current and y_append, according to the value of "regname". | |
867 * Cannot handle the '_' register. | |
140 | 868 * Must only be called with a valid register name! |
7 | 869 * |
870 * If regname is 0 and writing, use register 0 | |
871 * If regname is 0 and reading, use previous register | |
872 */ | |
15 | 873 void |
7 | 874 get_yank_register(regname, writing) |
875 int regname; | |
876 int writing; | |
877 { | |
878 int i; | |
879 | |
880 y_append = FALSE; | |
881 if ((regname == 0 || regname == '"') && !writing && y_previous != NULL) | |
882 { | |
883 y_current = y_previous; | |
884 return; | |
885 } | |
886 i = regname; | |
887 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(i)) | |
888 i -= '0'; | |
889 else if (ASCII_ISLOWER(i)) | |
890 i = CharOrdLow(i) + 10; | |
891 else if (ASCII_ISUPPER(i)) | |
892 { | |
893 i = CharOrdUp(i) + 10; | |
894 y_append = TRUE; | |
895 } | |
896 else if (regname == '-') | |
897 i = DELETION_REGISTER; | |
898 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
899 /* When selection is not available, use register 0 instead of '*' */ | |
900 else if (clip_star.available && regname == '*') | |
901 i = STAR_REGISTER; | |
902 /* When clipboard is not available, use register 0 instead of '+' */ | |
903 else if (clip_plus.available && regname == '+') | |
904 i = PLUS_REGISTER; | |
905 #endif | |
906 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
907 else if (!writing && regname == '~') | |
908 i = TILDE_REGISTER; | |
909 #endif | |
910 else /* not 0-9, a-z, A-Z or '-': use register 0 */ | |
911 i = 0; | |
912 y_current = &(y_regs[i]); | |
913 if (writing) /* remember the register we write into for do_put() */ | |
914 y_previous = y_current; | |
915 } | |
916 | |
15 | 917 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 918 /* |
919 * When "regname" is a clipboard register, obtain the selection. If it's not | |
920 * available return zero, otherwise return "regname". | |
921 */ | |
15 | 922 int |
7 | 923 may_get_selection(regname) |
924 int regname; | |
925 { | |
926 if (regname == '*') | |
927 { | |
928 if (!clip_star.available) | |
929 regname = 0; | |
930 else | |
931 clip_get_selection(&clip_star); | |
932 } | |
933 else if (regname == '+') | |
934 { | |
935 if (!clip_plus.available) | |
936 regname = 0; | |
937 else | |
938 clip_get_selection(&clip_plus); | |
939 } | |
940 return regname; | |
941 } | |
942 #endif | |
943 | |
944 #if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
945 /* | |
946 * Obtain the contents of a "normal" register. The register is made empty. | |
947 * The returned pointer has allocated memory, use put_register() later. | |
948 */ | |
949 void * | |
950 get_register(name, copy) | |
951 int name; | |
952 int copy; /* make a copy, if FALSE make register empty. */ | |
953 { | |
1451 | 954 struct yankreg *reg; |
955 int i; | |
7 | 956 |
957 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
958 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. Obtain the | |
959 * selection too. */ | |
1435 | 960 if (name == '*' && clip_star.available) |
7 | 961 { |
1435 | 962 if (clip_isautosel()) |
963 clip_update_selection(); | |
7 | 964 may_get_selection(name); |
965 } | |
966 #endif | |
967 | |
968 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
969 reg = (struct yankreg *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct yankreg)); | |
970 if (reg != NULL) | |
971 { | |
972 *reg = *y_current; | |
973 if (copy) | |
974 { | |
975 /* If we run out of memory some or all of the lines are empty. */ | |
976 if (reg->y_size == 0) | |
977 reg->y_array = NULL; | |
978 else | |
979 reg->y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(char_u *) | |
980 * reg->y_size)); | |
981 if (reg->y_array != NULL) | |
982 { | |
983 for (i = 0; i < reg->y_size; ++i) | |
984 reg->y_array[i] = vim_strsave(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
985 } | |
986 } | |
987 else | |
988 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
989 } | |
990 return (void *)reg; | |
991 } | |
992 | |
993 /* | |
1451 | 994 * Put "reg" into register "name". Free any previous contents and "reg". |
7 | 995 */ |
996 void | |
997 put_register(name, reg) | |
998 int name; | |
999 void *reg; | |
1000 { | |
1001 get_yank_register(name, 0); | |
1002 free_yank_all(); | |
1003 *y_current = *(struct yankreg *)reg; | |
1451 | 1004 vim_free(reg); |
7 | 1005 |
1006 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1007 /* Send text written to clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
1008 may_set_selection(); | |
1009 # endif | |
1010 } | |
1011 #endif | |
1012 | |
1013 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) | |
1014 /* | |
1015 * return TRUE if the current yank register has type MLINE | |
1016 */ | |
1017 int | |
1018 yank_register_mline(regname) | |
1019 int regname; | |
1020 { | |
1021 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1022 return FALSE; | |
1023 if (regname == '_') /* black hole is always empty */ | |
1024 return FALSE; | |
1025 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1026 return (y_current->y_type == MLINE); | |
1027 } | |
1028 #endif | |
1029 | |
1030 /* | |
1157 | 1031 * Start or stop recording into a yank register. |
7 | 1032 * |
1157 | 1033 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1034 */ |
1035 int | |
1036 do_record(c) | |
1037 int c; | |
1038 { | |
1157 | 1039 char_u *p; |
1040 static int regname; | |
1041 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
1042 int retval; | |
7 | 1043 |
1044 if (Recording == FALSE) /* start recording */ | |
1045 { | |
1046 /* registers 0-9, a-z and " are allowed */ | |
1047 if (c < 0 || (!ASCII_ISALNUM(c) && c != '"')) | |
1048 retval = FAIL; | |
1049 else | |
1050 { | |
1051 Recording = TRUE; | |
1052 showmode(); | |
1053 regname = c; | |
1054 retval = OK; | |
1055 } | |
1056 } | |
1057 else /* stop recording */ | |
1058 { | |
1059 /* | |
1157 | 1060 * Get the recorded key hits. K_SPECIAL and CSI will be escaped, this |
1061 * needs to be removed again to put it in a register. exec_reg then | |
1062 * adds the escaping back later. | |
7 | 1063 */ |
1064 Recording = FALSE; | |
1065 MSG(""); | |
1066 p = get_recorded(); | |
1067 if (p == NULL) | |
1068 retval = FAIL; | |
1069 else | |
1070 { | |
1081 | 1071 /* Remove escaping for CSI and K_SPECIAL in multi-byte chars. */ |
1072 vim_unescape_csi(p); | |
1073 | |
7 | 1074 /* |
1075 * We don't want to change the default register here, so save and | |
1076 * restore the current register name. | |
1077 */ | |
1078 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
1079 old_y_current = y_current; | |
1080 | |
1081 retval = stuff_yank(regname, p); | |
1082 | |
1083 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
1084 y_current = old_y_current; | |
1085 } | |
1086 } | |
1087 return retval; | |
1088 } | |
1089 | |
1090 /* | |
1091 * Stuff string "p" into yank register "regname" as a single line (append if | |
1092 * uppercase). "p" must have been alloced. | |
1093 * | |
1094 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1095 */ | |
1096 static int | |
1097 stuff_yank(regname, p) | |
1098 int regname; | |
1099 char_u *p; | |
1100 { | |
1101 char_u *lp; | |
1102 char_u **pp; | |
1103 | |
1104 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1105 if (regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(regname, TRUE)) | |
1106 { | |
1107 vim_free(p); | |
1108 return FAIL; | |
1109 } | |
1110 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't do anything */ | |
1111 { | |
1112 vim_free(p); | |
1113 return OK; | |
1114 } | |
1115 get_yank_register(regname, TRUE); | |
1116 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
1117 { | |
1118 pp = &(y_current->y_array[y_current->y_size - 1]); | |
1119 lp = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(*pp) + STRLEN(p) + 1), TRUE); | |
1120 if (lp == NULL) | |
1121 { | |
1122 vim_free(p); | |
1123 return FAIL; | |
1124 } | |
1125 STRCPY(lp, *pp); | |
1126 STRCAT(lp, p); | |
1127 vim_free(p); | |
1128 vim_free(*pp); | |
1129 *pp = lp; | |
1130 } | |
1131 else | |
1132 { | |
1133 free_yank_all(); | |
1134 if ((y_current->y_array = | |
1135 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *))) == NULL) | |
1136 { | |
1137 vim_free(p); | |
1138 return FAIL; | |
1139 } | |
1140 y_current->y_array[0] = p; | |
1141 y_current->y_size = 1; | |
1142 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; /* used to be MLINE, why? */ | |
1143 } | |
1144 return OK; | |
1145 } | |
1146 | |
1893 | 1147 static int execreg_lastc = NUL; |
1148 | |
7 | 1149 /* |
1150 * execute a yank register: copy it into the stuff buffer | |
1151 * | |
1152 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1153 */ | |
1154 int | |
1034 | 1155 do_execreg(regname, colon, addcr, silent) |
7 | 1156 int regname; |
1157 int colon; /* insert ':' before each line */ | |
1158 int addcr; /* always add '\n' to end of line */ | |
1034 | 1159 int silent; /* set "silent" flag in typeahead buffer */ |
7 | 1160 { |
1161 long i; | |
1162 char_u *p; | |
1163 int retval = OK; | |
1164 int remap; | |
1165 | |
1166 if (regname == '@') /* repeat previous one */ | |
168 | 1167 { |
1893 | 1168 if (execreg_lastc == NUL) |
168 | 1169 { |
1170 EMSG(_("E748: No previously used register")); | |
1171 return FAIL; | |
1172 } | |
1893 | 1173 regname = execreg_lastc; |
168 | 1174 } |
7 | 1175 /* check for valid regname */ |
1176 if (regname == '%' || regname == '#' || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
168 | 1177 { |
1178 emsg_invreg(regname); | |
7 | 1179 return FAIL; |
168 | 1180 } |
1893 | 1181 execreg_lastc = regname; |
7 | 1182 |
1183 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1184 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1185 #endif | |
1186 | |
1187 if (regname == '_') /* black hole: don't stuff anything */ | |
1188 return OK; | |
1189 | |
1190 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
1191 if (regname == ':') /* use last command line */ | |
1192 { | |
1193 if (last_cmdline == NULL) | |
1194 { | |
1195 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1196 return FAIL; | |
1197 } | |
1198 vim_free(new_last_cmdline); /* don't keep the cmdline containing @: */ | |
1199 new_last_cmdline = NULL; | |
16 | 1200 /* Escape all control characters with a CTRL-V */ |
1201 p = vim_strsave_escaped_ext(last_cmdline, | |
20 | 1202 (char_u *)"\001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037", Ctrl_V, FALSE); |
16 | 1203 if (p != NULL) |
480 | 1204 { |
1205 /* When in Visual mode "'<,'>" will be prepended to the command. | |
1206 * Remove it when it's already there. */ | |
1207 if (VIsual_active && STRNCMP(p, "'<,'>", 5) == 0) | |
1077 | 1208 retval = put_in_typebuf(p + 5, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1209 else |
1077 | 1210 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, TRUE, silent); |
480 | 1211 } |
16 | 1212 vim_free(p); |
7 | 1213 } |
1214 #endif | |
1215 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1216 else if (regname == '=') | |
1217 { | |
1218 p = get_expr_line(); | |
1219 if (p == NULL) | |
1220 return FAIL; | |
1077 | 1221 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, TRUE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1222 vim_free(p); |
1223 } | |
1224 #endif | |
1225 else if (regname == '.') /* use last inserted text */ | |
1226 { | |
1227 p = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1228 if (p == NULL) | |
1229 { | |
1230 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1231 return FAIL; | |
1232 } | |
1077 | 1233 retval = put_in_typebuf(p, FALSE, colon, silent); |
7 | 1234 vim_free(p); |
1235 } | |
1236 else | |
1237 { | |
1238 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1239 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1240 return FAIL; | |
1241 | |
1242 /* Disallow remaping for ":@r". */ | |
1243 remap = colon ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES; | |
1244 | |
1245 /* | |
1246 * Insert lines into typeahead buffer, from last one to first one. | |
1247 */ | |
1034 | 1248 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1249 for (i = y_current->y_size; --i >= 0; ) |
1250 { | |
1077 | 1251 char_u *escaped; |
1252 | |
7 | 1253 /* insert NL between lines and after last line if type is MLINE */ |
1254 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1255 || addcr) | |
1256 { | |
1034 | 1257 if (ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) == FAIL) |
7 | 1258 return FAIL; |
1259 } | |
1077 | 1260 escaped = vim_strsave_escape_csi(y_current->y_array[i]); |
1261 if (escaped == NULL) | |
1262 return FAIL; | |
1263 retval = ins_typebuf(escaped, remap, 0, TRUE, silent); | |
1264 vim_free(escaped); | |
1265 if (retval == FAIL) | |
7 | 1266 return FAIL; |
1034 | 1267 if (colon && ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", remap, 0, TRUE, silent) |
7 | 1268 == FAIL) |
1269 return FAIL; | |
1270 } | |
1271 Exec_reg = TRUE; /* disable the 'q' command */ | |
1272 } | |
1273 return retval; | |
1274 } | |
1275 | |
1276 /* | |
1277 * If "restart_edit" is not zero, put it in the typeahead buffer, so that it's | |
1278 * used only after other typeahead has been processed. | |
1279 */ | |
1280 static void | |
1034 | 1281 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent) |
1282 int silent; | |
7 | 1283 { |
1284 char_u buf[3]; | |
1285 | |
1286 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
1287 { | |
1288 if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
1289 { | |
1290 buf[0] = 'g'; | |
1291 buf[1] = 'R'; | |
1292 buf[2] = NUL; | |
1293 } | |
1294 else | |
1295 { | |
1296 buf[0] = restart_edit == 'I' ? 'i' : restart_edit; | |
1297 buf[1] = NUL; | |
1298 } | |
1034 | 1299 if (ins_typebuf(buf, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent) == OK) |
7 | 1300 restart_edit = NUL; |
1301 } | |
1302 } | |
1303 | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1304 /* |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1305 * Insert register contents "s" into the typeahead buffer, so that it will be |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1306 * executed again. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1307 * When "esc" is TRUE it is to be taken literally: Escape CSI characters and |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1308 * no remapping. |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1309 */ |
7 | 1310 static int |
1077 | 1311 put_in_typebuf(s, esc, colon, silent) |
7 | 1312 char_u *s; |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1313 int esc; |
7 | 1314 int colon; /* add ':' before the line */ |
1034 | 1315 int silent; |
7 | 1316 { |
1317 int retval = OK; | |
1318 | |
1034 | 1319 put_reedit_in_typebuf(silent); |
7 | 1320 if (colon) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1321 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)"\n", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1322 if (retval == OK) |
1077 | 1323 { |
1324 char_u *p; | |
1325 | |
1326 if (esc) | |
1327 p = vim_strsave_escape_csi(s); | |
1328 else | |
1329 p = s; | |
1330 if (p == NULL) | |
1331 retval = FAIL; | |
1332 else | |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1333 retval = ins_typebuf(p, esc ? REMAP_NONE : REMAP_YES, |
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1334 0, TRUE, silent); |
1077 | 1335 if (esc) |
1336 vim_free(p); | |
1337 } | |
7 | 1338 if (colon && retval == OK) |
2061
2f6e519726f1
updated for version 7.2.346
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
1339 retval = ins_typebuf((char_u *)":", REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, silent); |
7 | 1340 return retval; |
1341 } | |
1342 | |
1343 /* | |
1344 * Insert a yank register: copy it into the Read buffer. | |
1345 * Used by CTRL-R command and middle mouse button in insert mode. | |
1346 * | |
1347 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1348 */ | |
1349 int | |
1350 insert_reg(regname, literally) | |
1351 int regname; | |
1352 int literally; /* insert literally, not as if typed */ | |
1353 { | |
1354 long i; | |
1355 int retval = OK; | |
1356 char_u *arg; | |
1357 int allocated; | |
1358 | |
1359 /* | |
1360 * It is possible to get into an endless loop by having CTRL-R a in | |
1361 * register a and then, in insert mode, doing CTRL-R a. | |
1362 * If you hit CTRL-C, the loop will be broken here. | |
1363 */ | |
1364 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1365 if (got_int) | |
1366 return FAIL; | |
1367 | |
1368 /* check for valid regname */ | |
1369 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
1370 return FAIL; | |
1371 | |
1372 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1373 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
1374 #endif | |
1375 | |
1376 if (regname == '.') /* insert last inserted text */ | |
1377 retval = stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, TRUE); | |
1378 else if (get_spec_reg(regname, &arg, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
1379 { | |
1380 if (arg == NULL) | |
1381 return FAIL; | |
1382 stuffescaped(arg, literally); | |
1383 if (allocated) | |
1384 vim_free(arg); | |
1385 } | |
1386 else /* name or number register */ | |
1387 { | |
1388 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1389 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1390 retval = FAIL; | |
1391 else | |
1392 { | |
1393 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1394 { | |
1395 stuffescaped(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1396 /* | |
1397 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
1398 * y_type is MLINE. | |
1399 */ | |
1400 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
1401 stuffcharReadbuff('\n'); | |
1402 } | |
1403 } | |
1404 } | |
1405 | |
1406 return retval; | |
1407 } | |
1408 | |
1409 /* | |
1410 * Stuff a string into the typeahead buffer, such that edit() will insert it | |
1411 * literally ("literally" TRUE) or interpret is as typed characters. | |
1412 */ | |
1413 static void | |
1414 stuffescaped(arg, literally) | |
1415 char_u *arg; | |
1416 int literally; | |
1417 { | |
1418 int c; | |
1419 char_u *start; | |
1420 | |
1421 while (*arg != NUL) | |
1422 { | |
1423 /* Stuff a sequence of normal ASCII characters, that's fast. Also | |
1424 * stuff K_SPECIAL to get the effect of a special key when "literally" | |
1425 * is TRUE. */ | |
1426 start = arg; | |
1427 while ((*arg >= ' ' | |
1428 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
1429 && *arg < DEL /* EBCDIC: chars above space are normal */ | |
1430 #endif | |
1431 ) | |
1432 || (*arg == K_SPECIAL && !literally)) | |
1433 ++arg; | |
1434 if (arg > start) | |
1435 stuffReadbuffLen(start, (long)(arg - start)); | |
1436 | |
1437 /* stuff a single special character */ | |
1438 if (*arg != NUL) | |
1439 { | |
1440 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1441 if (has_mbyte) | |
2446
348f64c129df
Fixed: CTRL-R in Insert mode doesn't insert composing characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
1442 c = mb_cptr2char_adv(&arg); |
7 | 1443 else |
1444 #endif | |
1445 c = *arg++; | |
1446 if (literally && ((c < ' ' && c != TAB) || c == DEL)) | |
1447 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_V); | |
1448 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
1449 } | |
1450 } | |
1451 } | |
1452 | |
1453 /* | |
1157 | 1454 * If "regname" is a special register, return TRUE and store a pointer to its |
1455 * value in "argp". | |
7 | 1456 */ |
15 | 1457 int |
7 | 1458 get_spec_reg(regname, argp, allocated, errmsg) |
1459 int regname; | |
1460 char_u **argp; | |
1157 | 1461 int *allocated; /* return: TRUE when value was allocated */ |
7 | 1462 int errmsg; /* give error message when failing */ |
1463 { | |
1464 int cnt; | |
1465 | |
1466 *argp = NULL; | |
1467 *allocated = FALSE; | |
1468 switch (regname) | |
1469 { | |
1470 case '%': /* file name */ | |
1471 if (errmsg) | |
1472 check_fname(); /* will give emsg if not set */ | |
1473 *argp = curbuf->b_fname; | |
1474 return TRUE; | |
1475 | |
1476 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
1477 *argp = getaltfname(errmsg); /* may give emsg if not set */ | |
1478 return TRUE; | |
1479 | |
1480 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
1481 case '=': /* result of expression */ | |
1482 *argp = get_expr_line(); | |
1483 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1484 return TRUE; | |
1485 #endif | |
1486 | |
1487 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
1488 if (last_cmdline == NULL && errmsg) | |
1489 EMSG(_(e_nolastcmd)); | |
1490 *argp = last_cmdline; | |
1491 return TRUE; | |
1492 | |
1493 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
1494 if (last_search_pat() == NULL && errmsg) | |
1495 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
1496 *argp = last_search_pat(); | |
1497 return TRUE; | |
1498 | |
1499 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
1500 *argp = get_last_insert_save(); | |
1501 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1502 if (*argp == NULL && errmsg) | |
1503 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
1504 return TRUE; | |
1505 | |
1506 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
1507 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
1508 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
1509 if (!errmsg) | |
1510 return FALSE; | |
1511 *argp = file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS | FNAME_HYP | |
681 | 1512 | (regname == Ctrl_P ? FNAME_EXP : 0), 1L, NULL); |
7 | 1513 *allocated = TRUE; |
1514 return TRUE; | |
1515 #endif | |
1516 | |
1517 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
1518 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
1519 if (!errmsg) | |
1520 return FALSE; | |
1521 cnt = find_ident_under_cursor(argp, regname == Ctrl_W | |
1522 ? (FIND_IDENT|FIND_STRING) : FIND_STRING); | |
1523 *argp = cnt ? vim_strnsave(*argp, cnt) : NULL; | |
1524 *allocated = TRUE; | |
1525 return TRUE; | |
1526 | |
1527 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
1528 *argp = (char_u *)""; | |
1529 return TRUE; | |
1530 } | |
1531 | |
1532 return FALSE; | |
1533 } | |
1534 | |
1535 /* | |
15 | 1536 * Paste a yank register into the command line. |
1537 * Only for non-special registers. | |
1538 * Used by CTRL-R command in command-line mode | |
7 | 1539 * insert_reg() can't be used here, because special characters from the |
1540 * register contents will be interpreted as commands. | |
1541 * | |
1542 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
1543 */ | |
1544 int | |
1015 | 1545 cmdline_paste_reg(regname, literally, remcr) |
7 | 1546 int regname; |
1547 int literally; /* Insert text literally instead of "as typed" */ | |
1015 | 1548 int remcr; /* don't add trailing CR */ |
7 | 1549 { |
1550 long i; | |
1551 | |
1552 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
1553 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
1554 return FAIL; | |
1555 | |
1556 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
1557 { | |
1558 cmdline_paste_str(y_current->y_array[i], literally); | |
1559 | |
1015 | 1560 /* Insert ^M between lines and after last line if type is MLINE. |
1561 * Don't do this when "remcr" is TRUE and the next line is empty. */ | |
1562 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE | |
1563 || (i < y_current->y_size - 1 | |
1564 && !(remcr | |
1565 && i == y_current->y_size - 2 | |
1566 && *y_current->y_array[i + 1] == NUL))) | |
7 | 1567 cmdline_paste_str((char_u *)"\r", literally); |
1568 | |
1569 /* Check for CTRL-C, in case someone tries to paste a few thousand | |
1570 * lines and gets bored. */ | |
1571 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1572 if (got_int) | |
1573 return FAIL; | |
1574 } | |
1575 return OK; | |
1576 } | |
1577 | |
1578 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
1579 /* | |
1580 * Adjust the register name pointed to with "rp" for the clipboard being | |
1581 * used always and the clipboard being available. | |
1582 */ | |
1583 void | |
1584 adjust_clip_reg(rp) | |
1585 int *rp; | |
1586 { | |
2654 | 1587 /* If no reg. specified, and "unnamed" or "unnamedplus" is in 'clipboard', |
1588 * use '*' or '+' reg, respectively. "unnamedplus" prevails. */ | |
1589 if (*rp == 0 && clip_unnamed != 0) | |
1590 *rp = ((clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS) && clip_plus.available) | |
1591 ? '+' : '*'; | |
7 | 1592 if (!clip_star.available && *rp == '*') |
1593 *rp = 0; | |
1594 if (!clip_plus.available && *rp == '+') | |
1595 *rp = 0; | |
1596 } | |
1597 #endif | |
1598 | |
1599 /* | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1600 * Handle a delete operation. |
7 | 1601 * |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1602 * Return FAIL if undo failed, OK otherwise. |
7 | 1603 */ |
1604 int | |
1605 op_delete(oap) | |
1606 oparg_T *oap; | |
1607 { | |
1608 int n; | |
1609 linenr_T lnum; | |
1610 char_u *ptr; | |
1611 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1612 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
1613 struct block_def bd; | |
1614 #endif | |
1615 linenr_T old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1616 int did_yank = FALSE; | |
1617 | |
1618 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to do */ | |
1619 return OK; | |
1620 | |
1621 /* Nothing to delete, return here. Do prepare undo, for op_change(). */ | |
1622 if (oap->empty) | |
1623 return u_save_cursor(); | |
1624 | |
1625 if (!curbuf->b_p_ma) | |
1626 { | |
1627 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); | |
1628 return FAIL; | |
1629 } | |
1630 | |
1631 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
1632 adjust_clip_reg(&oap->regname); | |
1633 #endif | |
1634 | |
1635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1636 if (has_mbyte) | |
1637 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
1638 #endif | |
1639 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1640 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1641 * Imitate the strange Vi behaviour: If the delete spans more than one |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1642 * line and motion_type == MCHAR and the result is a blank line, make the |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1643 * delete linewise. Don't do this for the change command or Visual mode. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1644 */ |
7 | 1645 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1646 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1647 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
50 | 1648 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 1649 #endif |
1650 && oap->line_count > 1 | |
3254 | 1651 && oap->motion_force == NUL |
7 | 1652 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE) |
1653 { | |
2957 | 1654 ptr = ml_get(oap->end.lnum) + oap->end.col; |
1655 if (*ptr != NUL) | |
1656 ptr += oap->inclusive; | |
7 | 1657 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); |
1658 if (*ptr == NUL && inindent(0)) | |
1659 oap->motion_type = MLINE; | |
1660 } | |
1661 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1662 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1663 * Check for trying to delete (e.g. "D") in an empty line. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1664 * Note: For the change operator it is ok. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1665 */ |
7 | 1666 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
1667 && oap->line_count == 1 | |
1668 && oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
1669 && *ml_get(oap->start.lnum) == NUL) | |
1670 { | |
1671 /* | |
446 | 1672 * It's an error to operate on an empty region, when 'E' included in |
7 | 1673 * 'cpoptions' (Vi compatible). |
1674 */ | |
446 | 1675 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1676 if (virtual_op) | |
1677 /* Virtual editing: Nothing gets deleted, but we set the '[ and '] | |
1678 * marks as if it happened. */ | |
1679 goto setmarks; | |
1680 #endif | |
7 | 1681 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_EMPTYREGION) != NULL) |
1682 beep_flush(); | |
1683 return OK; | |
1684 } | |
1685 | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1686 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1687 * Do a yank of whatever we're about to delete. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1688 * If a yank register was specified, put the deleted text into that |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1689 * register. For the black hole register '_' don't yank anything. |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1690 */ |
7 | 1691 if (oap->regname != '_') |
1692 { | |
1693 if (oap->regname != 0) | |
1694 { | |
1695 /* check for read-only register */ | |
1696 if (!valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
1697 { | |
1698 beep_flush(); | |
1699 return OK; | |
1700 } | |
1701 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); /* yank into specif'd reg. */ | |
1702 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) /* yank without message */ | |
1703 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1704 } | |
1705 | |
1706 /* | |
1707 * Put deleted text into register 1 and shift number registers if the | |
1708 * delete contains a line break, or when a regname has been specified. | |
1709 */ | |
1710 if (oap->regname != 0 || oap->motion_type == MLINE | |
1711 || oap->line_count > 1 || oap->use_reg_one) | |
1712 { | |
1713 y_current = &y_regs[9]; | |
1714 free_yank_all(); /* free register nine */ | |
1715 for (n = 9; n > 1; --n) | |
1716 y_regs[n] = y_regs[n - 1]; | |
1717 y_previous = y_current = &y_regs[1]; | |
1718 y_regs[1].y_array = NULL; /* set register one to empty */ | |
1719 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1720 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1721 } | |
1722 | |
1723 /* Yank into small delete register when no register specified and the | |
1724 * delete is within one line. */ | |
1725 if (oap->regname == 0 && oap->motion_type != MLINE | |
1726 && oap->line_count == 1) | |
1727 { | |
1728 oap->regname = '-'; | |
1729 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
1730 if (op_yank(oap, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) | |
1731 did_yank = TRUE; | |
1732 oap->regname = 0; | |
1733 } | |
1734 | |
1735 /* | |
1736 * If there's too much stuff to fit in the yank register, then get a | |
1737 * confirmation before doing the delete. This is crude, but simple. | |
1738 * And it avoids doing a delete of something we can't put back if we | |
1739 * want. | |
1740 */ | |
1741 if (!did_yank) | |
1742 { | |
1743 int msg_silent_save = msg_silent; | |
1744 | |
1745 msg_silent = 0; /* must display the prompt */ | |
1746 n = ask_yesno((char_u *)_("cannot yank; delete anyway"), TRUE); | |
1747 msg_silent = msg_silent_save; | |
1748 if (n != 'y') | |
1749 { | |
1750 EMSG(_(e_abort)); | |
1751 return FAIL; | |
1752 } | |
1753 } | |
1754 } | |
1755 | |
1756 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1757 /* |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1758 * block mode delete |
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2278
diff
changeset
|
1759 */ |
7 | 1760 if (oap->block_mode) |
1761 { | |
1762 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
1763 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1764 return FAIL; | |
1765 | |
1766 for (lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++lnum) | |
1767 { | |
1768 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, TRUE); | |
1769 if (bd.textlen == 0) /* nothing to delete */ | |
1770 continue; | |
1771 | |
1772 /* Adjust cursor position for tab replaced by spaces and 'lbr'. */ | |
1773 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1774 { | |
1775 curwin->w_cursor.col = bd.textcol + bd.startspaces; | |
1776 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1777 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1778 # endif | |
1779 } | |
1780 | |
1781 /* n == number of chars deleted | |
1782 * If we delete a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
1783 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
1784 */ | |
1785 n = bd.textlen - bd.startspaces - bd.endspaces; | |
1786 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
1787 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)STRLEN(oldp) + 1 - n); | |
1788 if (newp == NULL) | |
1789 continue; | |
1790 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
1791 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
1792 /* insert spaces */ | |
1793 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, | |
1794 (size_t)(bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces)); | |
1795 /* copy the part after the deleted part */ | |
1796 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
1622 | 1797 STRMOVE(newp + bd.textcol + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces, oldp); |
7 | 1798 /* replace the line */ |
1799 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
1800 } | |
1801 | |
1802 check_cursor_col(); | |
1803 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
1804 oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
1805 oap->line_count = 0; /* no lines deleted */ | |
1806 } | |
1807 else | |
1808 #endif | |
1809 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
1810 { | |
1811 if (oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE) | |
1812 { | |
1813 /* Delete the lines except the first one. Temporarily move the | |
1814 * cursor to the next line. Save the current line number, if the | |
1815 * last line is deleted it may be changed. | |
1816 */ | |
1817 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1818 { | |
1819 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1820 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1821 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 1), TRUE); | |
1822 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1823 } | |
1824 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
1825 return FAIL; | |
1826 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) /* don't delete indent */ | |
1827 { | |
1828 beginline(BL_WHITE); /* cursor on first non-white */ | |
1829 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent when ESC hit */ | |
1830 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1831 } | |
1832 else | |
1833 beginline(0); /* cursor in column 0 */ | |
1834 truncate_line(FALSE); /* delete the rest of the line */ | |
1835 /* leave cursor past last char in line */ | |
1836 if (oap->line_count > 1) | |
1837 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "2cc" */ | |
1838 } | |
1839 else | |
1840 { | |
1841 del_lines(oap->line_count, TRUE); | |
1842 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
1843 u_clearline(); /* "U" command not possible after "dd" */ | |
1844 } | |
1845 } | |
1846 else | |
1847 { | |
1848 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1849 if (virtual_op) | |
1850 { | |
1851 int endcol = 0; | |
1852 | |
1853 /* For virtualedit: break the tabs that are partly included. */ | |
1854 if (gchar_pos(&oap->start) == '\t') | |
1855 { | |
1856 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save first line for undo */ | |
1857 return FAIL; | |
1858 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1859 endcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd); | |
1860 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->start.col, oap->start.coladd)); | |
1861 oap->start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1862 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
1863 { | |
1864 coladvance(endcol); | |
1865 oap->end.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
1866 oap->end.coladd = curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1867 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1868 } | |
1869 } | |
1870 | |
1871 /* Break a tab only when it's included in the area. */ | |
1872 if (gchar_pos(&oap->end) == '\t' | |
1873 && (int)oap->end.coladd < oap->inclusive) | |
1874 { | |
1875 /* save last line for undo */ | |
1876 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum - 1), | |
1877 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1878 return FAIL; | |
1879 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
1880 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd)); | |
1881 oap->end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1882 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
1883 } | |
1884 } | |
1885 #endif | |
1886 | |
1887 if (oap->line_count == 1) /* delete characters within one line */ | |
1888 { | |
1889 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) /* save line for undo */ | |
1890 return FAIL; | |
1891 | |
1892 /* if 'cpoptions' contains '$', display '$' at end of change */ | |
1893 if ( vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOLLAR) != NULL | |
1894 && oap->op_type == OP_CHANGE | |
1895 && oap->end.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
1896 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
1897 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1898 #endif | |
1899 ) | |
1900 display_dollar(oap->end.col - !oap->inclusive); | |
1901 | |
1902 n = oap->end.col - oap->start.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive; | |
1903 | |
1904 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
1905 if (virtual_op) | |
1906 { | |
1907 /* fix up things for virtualedit-delete: | |
1908 * break the tabs which are going to get in our way | |
1909 */ | |
1910 char_u *curline = ml_get_curline(); | |
1911 int len = (int)STRLEN(curline); | |
1912 | |
1913 if (oap->end.coladd != 0 | |
1914 && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1 | |
1915 && !(oap->start.coladd && (int)oap->end.col >= len - 1)) | |
1916 n++; | |
1917 /* Delete at least one char (e.g, when on a control char). */ | |
1918 if (n == 0 && oap->start.coladd != oap->end.coladd) | |
1919 n = 1; | |
1920 | |
1921 /* When deleted a char in the line, reset coladd. */ | |
1922 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
1923 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
1924 } | |
1925 #endif | |
3093 | 1926 if (oap->op_type == OP_DELETE |
1927 && oap->inclusive | |
1928 && oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
2957 | 1929 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1930 { | |
1931 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1932 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1933 } | |
1934 else | |
1935 { | |
1936 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
613 | 1937 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1938 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1939 #endif | |
1940 ); | |
2957 | 1941 } |
7 | 1942 } |
1943 else /* delete characters between lines */ | |
1944 { | |
1945 pos_T curpos; | |
3372 | 1946 int delete_last_line; |
7 | 1947 |
1948 /* save deleted and changed lines for undo */ | |
1949 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
1950 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + oap->line_count)) == FAIL) | |
1951 return FAIL; | |
1952 | |
3372 | 1953 delete_last_line = (oap->end.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count); |
7 | 1954 truncate_line(TRUE); /* delete from cursor to end of line */ |
1955 | |
1956 curpos = curwin->w_cursor; /* remember curwin->w_cursor */ | |
1957 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1958 del_lines((long)(oap->line_count - 2), FALSE); | |
1959 | |
3400 | 1960 if (delete_last_line) |
1961 oap->end.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1962 | |
2957 | 1963 n = (oap->end.col + 1 - !oap->inclusive); |
3372 | 1964 if (oap->inclusive && delete_last_line |
2957 | 1965 && n > (int)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum))) |
1966 { | |
1967 /* Special case: gH<Del> deletes the last line. */ | |
1968 del_lines(1L, FALSE); | |
1969 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3252 | 1970 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
1971 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2957 | 1972 } |
1973 else | |
1974 { | |
1975 /* delete from start of line until op_end */ | |
1976 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1977 (void)del_bytes((long)n, !virtual_op, oap->op_type == OP_DELETE | |
613 | 1978 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1979 && !oap->is_VIsual | |
1980 #endif | |
1981 ); | |
2957 | 1982 curwin->w_cursor = curpos; /* restore curwin->w_cursor */ |
1983 } | |
1984 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
1985 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); | |
7 | 1986 } |
1987 } | |
1988 | |
1989 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); | |
1990 | |
446 | 1991 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1992 setmarks: | |
1993 #endif | |
7 | 1994 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
1995 if (oap->block_mode) | |
1996 { | |
1997 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
1998 curbuf->b_op_end.col = oap->start.col; | |
1999 } | |
2000 else | |
2001 #endif | |
2002 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->start; | |
2003 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2004 | |
2005 return OK; | |
2006 } | |
2007 | |
2008 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2009 /* | |
2010 * Adjust end of operating area for ending on a multi-byte character. | |
2011 * Used for deletion. | |
2012 */ | |
2013 static void | |
2014 mb_adjust_opend(oap) | |
2015 oparg_T *oap; | |
2016 { | |
2017 char_u *p; | |
2018 | |
2019 if (oap->inclusive) | |
2020 { | |
2021 p = ml_get(oap->end.lnum); | |
2022 oap->end.col += mb_tail_off(p, p + oap->end.col); | |
2023 } | |
2024 } | |
2025 #endif | |
2026 | |
2027 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2028 /* | |
2029 * Replace a whole area with one character. | |
2030 */ | |
2031 int | |
2032 op_replace(oap, c) | |
2033 oparg_T *oap; | |
2034 int c; | |
2035 { | |
2036 int n, numc; | |
2037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2038 int num_chars; | |
2039 #endif | |
2040 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
2041 size_t oldlen; | |
2042 struct block_def bd; | |
2043 | |
2044 if ((curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY ) || oap->empty) | |
2045 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
2046 | |
2047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2048 if (has_mbyte) | |
2049 mb_adjust_opend(oap); | |
2050 #endif | |
2051 | |
2052 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2053 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2054 return FAIL; | |
2055 | |
2056 /* | |
2057 * block mode replace | |
2058 */ | |
2059 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2060 { | |
2061 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2062 for ( ; curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2063 { | |
1982 | 2064 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* make sure cursor position is valid */ |
7 | 2065 block_prep(oap, &bd, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); |
2066 if (bd.textlen == 0 && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2067 continue; /* nothing to replace */ | |
2068 | |
2069 /* n == number of extra chars required | |
2070 * If we split a TAB, it may be replaced by several characters. | |
2071 * Thus the number of characters may increase! | |
2072 */ | |
2073 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2074 /* If the range starts in virtual space, count the initial | |
2075 * coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2076 if (virtual_op && bd.is_short && *bd.textstart == NUL) | |
2077 { | |
2078 pos_T vpos; | |
2079 | |
1982 | 2080 vpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
7 | 2081 getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2082 bd.startspaces += vpos.coladd; | |
2083 n = bd.startspaces; | |
2084 } | |
2085 else | |
2086 #endif | |
2087 /* allow for pre spaces */ | |
2088 n = (bd.startspaces ? bd.start_char_vcols - 1 : 0); | |
2089 | |
2090 /* allow for post spp */ | |
2091 n += (bd.endspaces | |
2092 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2093 && !bd.is_oneChar | |
2094 #endif | |
2095 && bd.end_char_vcols > 0) ? bd.end_char_vcols - 1 : 0; | |
2096 /* Figure out how many characters to replace. */ | |
2097 numc = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
2098 if (bd.is_short && (!virtual_op || bd.is_MAX)) | |
2099 numc -= (oap->end_vcol - bd.end_vcol) + 1; | |
2100 | |
2101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2102 /* A double-wide character can be replaced only up to half the | |
2103 * times. */ | |
2104 if ((*mb_char2cells)(c) > 1) | |
2105 { | |
2106 if ((numc & 1) && !bd.is_short) | |
2107 { | |
2108 ++bd.endspaces; | |
2109 ++n; | |
2110 } | |
2111 numc = numc / 2; | |
2112 } | |
2113 | |
2114 /* Compute bytes needed, move character count to num_chars. */ | |
2115 num_chars = numc; | |
2116 numc *= (*mb_char2len)(c); | |
2117 #endif | |
2118 /* oldlen includes textlen, so don't double count */ | |
2119 n += numc - bd.textlen; | |
2120 | |
2121 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
2122 oldlen = STRLEN(oldp); | |
2123 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)oldlen + 1 + n); | |
2124 if (newp == NULL) | |
2125 continue; | |
2126 vim_memset(newp, NUL, (size_t)(oldlen + 1 + n)); | |
2127 /* copy up to deleted part */ | |
2128 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2129 oldp += bd.textcol + bd.textlen; | |
2130 /* insert pre-spaces */ | |
2131 copy_spaces(newp + bd.textcol, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
2132 /* insert replacement chars CHECK FOR ALLOCATED SPACE */ | |
2133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2134 if (has_mbyte) | |
2135 { | |
835 | 2136 n = (int)STRLEN(newp); |
7 | 2137 while (--num_chars >= 0) |
2138 n += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, newp + n); | |
2139 } | |
2140 else | |
2141 #endif | |
2142 copy_chars(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)numc, c); | |
2143 if (!bd.is_short) | |
2144 { | |
2145 /* insert post-spaces */ | |
2146 copy_spaces(newp + STRLEN(newp), (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
2147 /* copy the part after the changed part */ | |
1622 | 2148 STRMOVE(newp + STRLEN(newp), oldp); |
7 | 2149 } |
2150 /* replace the line */ | |
2151 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
2152 } | |
2153 } | |
2154 else | |
2155 { | |
2156 /* | |
2157 * MCHAR and MLINE motion replace. | |
2158 */ | |
2159 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2160 { | |
2161 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2162 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
2163 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2164 if (oap->end.col) | |
2165 --oap->end.col; | |
2166 } | |
2167 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2168 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2169 | |
2170 while (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, oap->end)) | |
2171 { | |
2172 n = gchar_cursor(); | |
2173 if (n != NUL) | |
2174 { | |
2175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2176 if ((*mb_char2len)(c) > 1 || (*mb_char2len)(n) > 1) | |
2177 { | |
2178 /* This is slow, but it handles replacing a single-byte | |
2179 * with a multi-byte and the other way around. */ | |
2180 oap->end.col += (*mb_char2len)(c) - (*mb_char2len)(n); | |
2181 n = State; | |
2182 State = REPLACE; | |
2183 ins_char(c); | |
2184 State = n; | |
2185 /* Backup to the replaced character. */ | |
2186 dec_cursor(); | |
2187 } | |
2188 else | |
2189 #endif | |
2190 { | |
2191 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2192 if (n == TAB) | |
2193 { | |
2194 int end_vcol = 0; | |
2195 | |
2196 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2197 { | |
2198 /* oap->end has to be recalculated when | |
2199 * the tab breaks */ | |
2200 end_vcol = getviscol2(oap->end.col, | |
2201 oap->end.coladd); | |
2202 } | |
2203 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2204 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2205 getvpos(&oap->end, end_vcol); | |
2206 } | |
2207 #endif | |
2208 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2209 } | |
2210 } | |
2211 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2212 else if (virtual_op && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
2213 { | |
2214 int virtcols = oap->end.coladd; | |
2215 | |
2216 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == oap->start.lnum | |
2217 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col && oap->start.coladd) | |
2218 virtcols -= oap->start.coladd; | |
2219 | |
2220 /* oap->end has been trimmed so it's effectively inclusive; | |
2221 * as a result an extra +1 must be counted so we don't | |
2222 * trample the NUL byte. */ | |
2223 coladvance_force(getviscol2(oap->end.col, oap->end.coladd) + 1); | |
2224 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (virtcols + 1); | |
2225 for (; virtcols >= 0; virtcols--) | |
2226 { | |
2227 pchar(curwin->w_cursor, c); | |
2228 if (inc(&curwin->w_cursor) == -1) | |
2229 break; | |
2230 } | |
2231 } | |
2232 #endif | |
2233 | |
2234 /* Advance to next character, stop at the end of the file. */ | |
2235 if (inc_cursor() == -1) | |
2236 break; | |
2237 } | |
2238 } | |
2239 | |
2240 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
2241 check_cursor(); | |
2242 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2243 | |
2244 /* Set "'[" and "']" marks. */ | |
2245 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2246 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2247 | |
2248 return OK; | |
2249 } | |
2250 #endif | |
2251 | |
1525 | 2252 static int swapchars __ARGS((int op_type, pos_T *pos, int length)); |
2253 | |
7 | 2254 /* |
2255 * Handle the (non-standard vi) tilde operator. Also for "gu", "gU" and "g?". | |
2256 */ | |
2257 void | |
2258 op_tilde(oap) | |
2259 oparg_T *oap; | |
2260 { | |
2261 pos_T pos; | |
2262 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2263 struct block_def bd; | |
1525 | 2264 #endif |
1528 | 2265 int did_change = FALSE; |
7 | 2266 |
2267 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
2268 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
2269 return; | |
2270 | |
2271 pos = oap->start; | |
2272 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2273 if (oap->block_mode) /* Visual block mode */ | |
2274 { | |
2275 for (; pos.lnum <= oap->end.lnum; ++pos.lnum) | |
2276 { | |
1766 | 2277 int one_change; |
2278 | |
7 | 2279 block_prep(oap, &bd, pos.lnum, FALSE); |
2280 pos.col = bd.textcol; | |
1766 | 2281 one_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, bd.textlen); |
2282 did_change |= one_change; | |
1525 | 2283 |
7 | 2284 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
2210 | 2285 if (netbeans_active() && one_change) |
7 | 2286 { |
2287 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2288 | |
33 | 2289 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2290 (long)bd.textlen); | |
7 | 2291 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, bd.textcol, |
2210 | 2292 &ptr[bd.textcol], bd.textlen); |
7 | 2293 } |
2294 # endif | |
2295 } | |
2296 if (did_change) | |
2297 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2298 } | |
2299 else /* not block mode */ | |
2300 #endif | |
2301 { | |
2302 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2303 { | |
2304 oap->start.col = 0; | |
2305 pos.col = 0; | |
2306 oap->end.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get(oap->end.lnum)); | |
2307 if (oap->end.col) | |
2308 --oap->end.col; | |
2309 } | |
2310 else if (!oap->inclusive) | |
2311 dec(&(oap->end)); | |
2312 | |
1528 | 2313 if (pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum) |
2314 did_change = swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2315 oap->end.col - pos.col + 1); | |
2316 else | |
2317 for (;;) | |
2318 { | |
2319 did_change |= swapchars(oap->op_type, &pos, | |
2320 pos.lnum == oap->end.lnum ? oap->end.col + 1: | |
2321 (int)STRLEN(ml_get_pos(&pos))); | |
2322 if (ltoreq(oap->end, pos) || inc(&pos) == -1) | |
2323 break; | |
2324 } | |
7 | 2325 if (did_change) |
2326 { | |
2327 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum, oap->start.col, oap->end.lnum + 1, | |
2328 0L); | |
2329 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2330 if (netbeans_active() && did_change) |
7 | 2331 { |
2332 char_u *ptr; | |
2333 int count; | |
2334 | |
2335 pos = oap->start; | |
2336 while (pos.lnum < oap->end.lnum) | |
2337 { | |
2338 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
835 | 2339 count = (int)STRLEN(ptr) - pos.col; |
33 | 2340 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2341 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2342 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2343 pos.col = 0; |
2344 pos.lnum++; | |
2345 } | |
2346 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, pos.lnum, FALSE); | |
2347 count = oap->end.col - pos.col + 1; | |
33 | 2348 netbeans_removed(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, (long)count); |
7 | 2349 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, pos.lnum, pos.col, |
2210 | 2350 &ptr[pos.col], count); |
7 | 2351 } |
2352 #endif | |
2353 } | |
2354 } | |
2355 | |
2356 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2357 if (!did_change && oap->is_VIsual) | |
2358 /* No change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
2359 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
2360 #endif | |
2361 | |
2362 /* | |
2363 * Set '[ and '] marks. | |
2364 */ | |
2365 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
2366 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
2367 | |
2368 if (oap->line_count > p_report) | |
2369 { | |
2370 if (oap->line_count == 1) | |
2371 MSG(_("1 line changed")); | |
2372 else | |
2373 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines changed"), oap->line_count); | |
2374 } | |
2375 } | |
2376 | |
2377 /* | |
1525 | 2378 * Invoke swapchar() on "length" bytes at position "pos". |
2379 * "pos" is advanced to just after the changed characters. | |
2380 * "length" is rounded up to include the whole last multi-byte character. | |
2381 * Also works correctly when the number of bytes changes. | |
2382 * Returns TRUE if some character was changed. | |
2383 */ | |
2384 static int | |
2385 swapchars(op_type, pos, length) | |
2386 int op_type; | |
2387 pos_T *pos; | |
2388 int length; | |
2389 { | |
2390 int todo; | |
2391 int did_change = 0; | |
2392 | |
2393 for (todo = length; todo > 0; --todo) | |
2394 { | |
2395 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2396 if (has_mbyte) | |
2397 /* we're counting bytes, not characters */ | |
2398 todo -= (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_pos(pos)) - 1; | |
2399 # endif | |
2400 did_change |= swapchar(op_type, pos); | |
2401 if (inc(pos) == -1) /* at end of file */ | |
2402 break; | |
2403 } | |
2404 return did_change; | |
2405 } | |
2406 | |
2407 /* | |
7 | 2408 * If op_type == OP_UPPER: make uppercase, |
2409 * if op_type == OP_LOWER: make lowercase, | |
2410 * if op_type == OP_ROT13: do rot13 encoding, | |
2411 * else swap case of character at 'pos' | |
2412 * returns TRUE when something actually changed. | |
2413 */ | |
2414 int | |
2415 swapchar(op_type, pos) | |
2416 int op_type; | |
2417 pos_T *pos; | |
2418 { | |
2419 int c; | |
2420 int nc; | |
2421 | |
2422 c = gchar_pos(pos); | |
2423 | |
2424 /* Only do rot13 encoding for ASCII characters. */ | |
2425 if (c >= 0x80 && op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2426 return FALSE; | |
2427 | |
2428 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1525 | 2429 if (op_type == OP_UPPER && c == 0xdf |
2430 && (enc_latin1like || STRCMP(p_enc, "iso-8859-2") == 0)) | |
493 | 2431 { |
2432 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2433 | |
2434 /* Special handling of German sharp s: change to "SS". */ | |
2435 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2436 del_char(FALSE); | |
2437 ins_char('S'); | |
2438 ins_char('S'); | |
2439 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2440 inc(pos); | |
2441 } | |
2442 | |
7 | 2443 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c >= 0x100) /* No lower/uppercase letter */ |
2444 return FALSE; | |
2445 #endif | |
2446 nc = c; | |
2447 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
2448 { | |
2449 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2450 nc = ROT13(c, 'a'); | |
2451 else if (op_type != OP_LOWER) | |
2452 nc = MB_TOUPPER(c); | |
2453 } | |
2454 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
2455 { | |
2456 if (op_type == OP_ROT13) | |
2457 nc = ROT13(c, 'A'); | |
2458 else if (op_type != OP_UPPER) | |
2459 nc = MB_TOLOWER(c); | |
2460 } | |
2461 if (nc != c) | |
2462 { | |
2463 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2464 if (enc_utf8 && (c >= 0x80 || nc >= 0x80)) | |
2465 { | |
2466 pos_T sp = curwin->w_cursor; | |
2467 | |
2468 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
2451
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2469 /* don't use del_char(), it also removes composing chars */ |
0b8612c2814d
Fix: changing case of a character removed combining characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2446
diff
changeset
|
2470 del_bytes(utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()), FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2471 ins_char(nc); |
2472 curwin->w_cursor = sp; | |
2473 } | |
2474 else | |
2475 #endif | |
2476 pchar(*pos, nc); | |
2477 return TRUE; | |
2478 } | |
2479 return FALSE; | |
2480 } | |
2481 | |
2482 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
2483 /* | |
2484 * op_insert - Insert and append operators for Visual mode. | |
2485 */ | |
2486 void | |
2487 op_insert(oap, count1) | |
2488 oparg_T *oap; | |
2489 long count1; | |
2490 { | |
2491 long ins_len, pre_textlen = 0; | |
2492 char_u *firstline, *ins_text; | |
2493 struct block_def bd; | |
2494 int i; | |
2495 | |
2496 /* edit() changes this - record it for OP_APPEND */ | |
2497 bd.is_MAX = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
2498 | |
2499 /* vis block is still marked. Get rid of it now. */ | |
2500 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2501 update_screen(INVERTED); | |
2502 | |
2503 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2504 { | |
2505 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2506 /* When 'virtualedit' is used, need to insert the extra spaces before | |
2507 * doing block_prep(). When only "block" is used, virtual edit is | |
2508 * already disabled, but still need it when calling | |
2509 * coladvance_force(). */ | |
2510 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
2511 { | |
2512 int old_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
2513 | |
2514 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
2515 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2516 return; | |
2517 coladvance_force(oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
2518 ? oap->end_vcol + 1 : getviscol()); | |
2519 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2520 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2521 ve_flags = old_ve_flags; | |
2522 } | |
2523 #endif | |
2524 /* Get the info about the block before entering the text */ | |
2525 block_prep(oap, &bd, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2526 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2527 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2528 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2529 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2530 } | |
2531 | |
2532 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2533 { | |
2534 if (oap->block_mode | |
2535 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2536 && curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 0 | |
2537 #endif | |
2538 ) | |
2539 { | |
2540 /* Move the cursor to the character right of the block. */ | |
2541 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
2542 while (*ml_get_cursor() != NUL | |
2543 && (curwin->w_cursor.col < bd.textcol + bd.textlen)) | |
2544 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
2545 if (bd.is_short && !bd.is_MAX) | |
2546 { | |
2547 /* First line was too short, make it longer and adjust the | |
2548 * values in "bd". */ | |
2549 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2550 return; | |
2551 for (i = 0; i < bd.endspaces; ++i) | |
2552 ins_char(' '); | |
2553 bd.textlen += bd.endspaces; | |
2554 } | |
2555 } | |
2556 else | |
2557 { | |
2558 curwin->w_cursor = oap->end; | |
893 | 2559 check_cursor_col(); |
7 | 2560 |
2561 /* Works just like an 'i'nsert on the next character. */ | |
2562 if (!lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2563 && oap->start_vcol != oap->end_vcol) | |
2564 inc_cursor(); | |
2565 } | |
2566 } | |
2567 | |
2568 edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)count1); | |
2569 | |
1477 | 2570 /* If user has moved off this line, we don't know what to do, so do |
2571 * nothing. | |
2572 * Also don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. */ | |
2573 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != oap->start.lnum || got_int) | |
7 | 2574 return; |
2575 | |
2576 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2577 { | |
2578 struct block_def bd2; | |
2579 | |
2580 /* | |
2581 * Spaces and tabs in the indent may have changed to other spaces and | |
1392 | 2582 * tabs. Get the starting column again and correct the length. |
7 | 2583 * Don't do this when "$" used, end-of-line will have changed. |
2584 */ | |
2585 block_prep(oap, &bd2, oap->start.lnum, TRUE); | |
2586 if (!bd.is_MAX || bd2.textlen < bd.textlen) | |
2587 { | |
2588 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2589 { | |
2590 pre_textlen += bd2.textlen - bd.textlen; | |
2591 if (bd2.endspaces) | |
2592 --bd2.textlen; | |
2593 } | |
2594 bd.textcol = bd2.textcol; | |
2595 bd.textlen = bd2.textlen; | |
2596 } | |
2597 | |
2598 /* | |
2599 * Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2600 * copy of the required string. | |
2601 */ | |
2602 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum) + bd.textcol; | |
2603 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
2604 firstline += bd.textlen; | |
2605 if ((ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen) > 0) | |
2606 { | |
2607 ins_text = vim_strnsave(firstline, (int)ins_len); | |
2608 if (ins_text != NULL) | |
2609 { | |
2610 /* block handled here */ | |
2611 if (u_save(oap->start.lnum, | |
2612 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == OK) | |
2613 block_insert(oap, ins_text, (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT), | |
2614 &bd); | |
2615 | |
2616 curwin->w_cursor.col = oap->start.col; | |
2617 check_cursor(); | |
2618 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2619 } | |
2620 } | |
2621 } | |
2622 } | |
2623 #endif | |
2624 | |
2625 /* | |
2626 * op_change - handle a change operation | |
2627 * | |
2628 * return TRUE if edit() returns because of a CTRL-O command | |
2629 */ | |
2630 int | |
2631 op_change(oap) | |
2632 oparg_T *oap; | |
2633 { | |
2634 colnr_T l; | |
2635 int retval; | |
2636 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2637 long offset; | |
2638 linenr_T linenr; | |
1392 | 2639 long ins_len; |
2640 long pre_textlen = 0; | |
2641 long pre_indent = 0; | |
7 | 2642 char_u *firstline; |
2643 char_u *ins_text, *newp, *oldp; | |
2644 struct block_def bd; | |
2645 #endif | |
2646 | |
2647 l = oap->start.col; | |
2648 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2649 { | |
2650 l = 0; | |
2651 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
2652 if (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
2653 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
2654 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
2655 # endif | |
2656 ) | |
2657 can_si = TRUE; /* It's like opening a new line, do si */ | |
2658 #endif | |
2659 } | |
2660 | |
2661 /* First delete the text in the region. In an empty buffer only need to | |
2662 * save for undo */ | |
2663 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
2664 { | |
2665 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2666 return FALSE; | |
2667 } | |
2668 else if (op_delete(oap) == FAIL) | |
2669 return FALSE; | |
2670 | |
2671 if ((l > curwin->w_cursor.col) && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2672 && !virtual_op) | |
2673 inc_cursor(); | |
2674 | |
2675 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2676 /* check for still on same line (<CR> in inserted text meaningless) */ | |
2677 /* skip blank lines too */ | |
2678 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2679 { | |
2680 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2681 /* Add spaces before getting the current line length. */ | |
2682 if (virtual_op && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
2683 || gchar_cursor() == NUL)) | |
2684 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
2685 # endif | |
1392 | 2686 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
2687 pre_textlen = (long)STRLEN(firstline); | |
2688 pre_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); | |
7 | 2689 bd.textcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
2690 } | |
2691 #endif | |
2692 | |
2693 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
2694 if (oap->motion_type == MLINE) | |
2695 fix_indent(); | |
2696 #endif | |
2697 | |
2698 retval = edit(NUL, FALSE, (linenr_T)1); | |
2699 | |
2700 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
2701 /* | |
39 | 2702 * In Visual block mode, handle copying the new text to all lines of the |
7 | 2703 * block. |
1477 | 2704 * Don't repeat the insert when Insert mode ended with CTRL-C. |
7 | 2705 */ |
1477 | 2706 if (oap->block_mode && oap->start.lnum != oap->end.lnum && !got_int) |
7 | 2707 { |
1392 | 2708 /* Auto-indenting may have changed the indent. If the cursor was past |
2709 * the indent, exclude that indent change from the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2710 firstline = ml_get(oap->start.lnum); |
1403 | 2711 if (bd.textcol > (colnr_T)pre_indent) |
7 | 2712 { |
1392 | 2713 long new_indent = (long)(skipwhite(firstline) - firstline); |
2714 | |
2715 pre_textlen += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2716 bd.textcol += new_indent - pre_indent; | |
2717 } | |
2718 | |
2719 ins_len = (long)STRLEN(firstline) - pre_textlen; | |
2720 if (ins_len > 0) | |
2721 { | |
2722 /* Subsequent calls to ml_get() flush the firstline data - take a | |
2723 * copy of the inserted text. */ | |
7 | 2724 if ((ins_text = alloc_check((unsigned)(ins_len + 1))) != NULL) |
2725 { | |
419 | 2726 vim_strncpy(ins_text, firstline + bd.textcol, (size_t)ins_len); |
7 | 2727 for (linenr = oap->start.lnum + 1; linenr <= oap->end.lnum; |
2728 linenr++) | |
2729 { | |
2730 block_prep(oap, &bd, linenr, TRUE); | |
2731 if (!bd.is_short || virtual_op) | |
2732 { | |
2733 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2734 pos_T vpos; | |
2735 | |
2736 /* If the block starts in virtual space, count the | |
2737 * initial coladd offset as part of "startspaces" */ | |
2738 if (bd.is_short) | |
2739 { | |
1982 | 2740 vpos.lnum = linenr; |
7 | 2741 (void)getvpos(&vpos, oap->start_vcol); |
2742 } | |
2743 else | |
2744 vpos.coladd = 0; | |
2745 # endif | |
2746 oldp = ml_get(linenr); | |
2747 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) | |
2748 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2749 + vpos.coladd | |
2750 # endif | |
2751 + ins_len + 1)); | |
2752 if (newp == NULL) | |
2753 continue; | |
2754 /* copy up to block start */ | |
2755 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
2756 offset = bd.textcol; | |
2757 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2758 copy_spaces(newp + offset, (size_t)vpos.coladd); | |
2759 offset += vpos.coladd; | |
2760 # endif | |
2761 mch_memmove(newp + offset, ins_text, (size_t)ins_len); | |
2762 offset += ins_len; | |
2763 oldp += bd.textcol; | |
1622 | 2764 STRMOVE(newp + offset, oldp); |
7 | 2765 ml_replace(linenr, newp, FALSE); |
2766 } | |
2767 } | |
2768 check_cursor(); | |
2769 | |
2770 changed_lines(oap->start.lnum + 1, 0, oap->end.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
2771 } | |
2772 vim_free(ins_text); | |
2773 } | |
2774 } | |
2775 #endif | |
2776 | |
2777 return retval; | |
2778 } | |
2779 | |
2780 /* | |
2781 * set all the yank registers to empty (called from main()) | |
2782 */ | |
2783 void | |
2784 init_yank() | |
2785 { | |
2786 int i; | |
2787 | |
2788 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2789 y_regs[i].y_array = NULL; | |
2790 } | |
2791 | |
356 | 2792 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
2793 void | |
2794 clear_registers() | |
2795 { | |
2796 int i; | |
2797 | |
2798 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; ++i) | |
2799 { | |
2800 y_current = &y_regs[i]; | |
2801 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2802 free_yank_all(); | |
2803 } | |
2804 } | |
2805 #endif | |
2806 | |
7 | 2807 /* |
2808 * Free "n" lines from the current yank register. | |
2809 * Called for normal freeing and in case of error. | |
2810 */ | |
2811 static void | |
2812 free_yank(n) | |
2813 long n; | |
2814 { | |
2815 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2816 { | |
2817 long i; | |
2818 | |
2819 for (i = n; --i >= 0; ) | |
2820 { | |
2821 #ifdef AMIGA /* only for very slow machines */ | |
2822 if ((i & 1023) == 1023) /* this may take a while */ | |
2823 { | |
2824 /* | |
2825 * This message should never cause a hit-return message. | |
2826 * Overwrite this message with any next message. | |
2827 */ | |
2828 ++no_wait_return; | |
2829 smsg((char_u *)_("freeing %ld lines"), i + 1); | |
2830 --no_wait_return; | |
2831 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
2832 msg_col = 0; | |
2833 } | |
2834 #endif | |
2835 vim_free(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
2836 } | |
2837 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
2838 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
2839 #ifdef AMIGA | |
2840 if (n >= 1000) | |
2841 MSG(""); | |
2842 #endif | |
2843 } | |
2844 } | |
2845 | |
2846 static void | |
2847 free_yank_all() | |
2848 { | |
2849 free_yank(y_current->y_size); | |
2850 } | |
2851 | |
2852 /* | |
2853 * Yank the text between "oap->start" and "oap->end" into a yank register. | |
2854 * If we are to append (uppercase register), we first yank into a new yank | |
2855 * register and then concatenate the old and the new one (so we keep the old | |
2856 * one in case of out-of-memory). | |
2857 * | |
2858 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2859 */ | |
2860 int | |
2861 op_yank(oap, deleting, mess) | |
2862 oparg_T *oap; | |
2863 int deleting; | |
2864 int mess; | |
2865 { | |
2866 long y_idx; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
2867 struct yankreg *curr; /* copy of y_current */ | |
2868 struct yankreg newreg; /* new yank register when appending */ | |
2869 char_u **new_ptr; | |
2870 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2871 long j; | |
2872 int yanktype = oap->motion_type; | |
2873 long yanklines = oap->line_count; | |
2874 linenr_T yankendlnum = oap->end.lnum; | |
2875 char_u *p; | |
2876 char_u *pnew; | |
2877 struct block_def bd; | |
2658 | 2878 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) |
2654 | 2879 int did_star = FALSE; |
2658 | 2880 #endif |
7 | 2881 |
2882 /* check for read-only register */ | |
2883 if (oap->regname != 0 && !valid_yank_reg(oap->regname, TRUE)) | |
2884 { | |
2885 beep_flush(); | |
2886 return FAIL; | |
2887 } | |
2888 if (oap->regname == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
2889 return OK; | |
2890 | |
2891 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
2892 if (!clip_star.available && oap->regname == '*') | |
2893 oap->regname = 0; | |
2894 else if (!clip_plus.available && oap->regname == '+') | |
2895 oap->regname = 0; | |
2896 #endif | |
2897 | |
2898 if (!deleting) /* op_delete() already set y_current */ | |
2899 get_yank_register(oap->regname, TRUE); | |
2900 | |
2901 curr = y_current; | |
2902 /* append to existing contents */ | |
2903 if (y_append && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
2904 y_current = &newreg; | |
2905 else | |
2906 free_yank_all(); /* free previously yanked lines */ | |
2907 | |
593 | 2908 /* |
2909 * If the cursor was in column 1 before and after the movement, and the | |
2910 * operator is not inclusive, the yank is always linewise. | |
2911 */ | |
7 | 2912 if ( oap->motion_type == MCHAR |
2913 && oap->start.col == 0 | |
2914 && !oap->inclusive | |
2915 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2916 && (!oap->is_VIsual || *p_sel == 'o') | |
50 | 2917 && !oap->block_mode |
7 | 2918 #endif |
2919 && oap->end.col == 0 | |
2920 && yanklines > 1) | |
2921 { | |
2922 yanktype = MLINE; | |
2923 --yankendlnum; | |
2924 --yanklines; | |
2925 } | |
2926 | |
2927 y_current->y_size = yanklines; | |
2928 y_current->y_type = yanktype; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2929 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2930 y_current->y_width = 0; | |
2931 #endif | |
2932 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
2933 yanklines), TRUE); | |
2934 | |
2935 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
2936 { | |
2937 y_current = curr; | |
2938 return FAIL; | |
2939 } | |
2940 | |
2941 y_idx = 0; | |
2942 lnum = oap->start.lnum; | |
2943 | |
2944 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2945 if (oap->block_mode) | |
2946 { | |
2947 /* Visual block mode */ | |
2948 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; /* set the yank register type */ | |
2949 y_current->y_width = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
2950 | |
2951 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL && y_current->y_width > 0) | |
2952 y_current->y_width--; | |
2953 } | |
2954 #endif | |
2955 | |
2956 for ( ; lnum <= yankendlnum; lnum++, y_idx++) | |
2957 { | |
2958 switch (y_current->y_type) | |
2959 { | |
2960 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
2961 case MBLOCK: | |
2962 block_prep(oap, &bd, lnum, FALSE); | |
2963 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
2964 goto fail; | |
2965 break; | |
2966 #endif | |
2967 | |
2968 case MLINE: | |
2969 if ((y_current->y_array[y_idx] = | |
2970 vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum))) == NULL) | |
2971 goto fail; | |
2972 break; | |
2973 | |
2974 case MCHAR: | |
2975 { | |
2976 colnr_T startcol = 0, endcol = MAXCOL; | |
2977 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2978 int is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
2979 colnr_T cs, ce; | |
2980 #endif | |
2981 p = ml_get(lnum); | |
2982 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
2983 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
2984 | |
2985 if (lnum == oap->start.lnum) | |
2986 { | |
2987 startcol = oap->start.col; | |
2988 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
2989 if (virtual_op) | |
2990 { | |
2991 getvcol(curwin, &oap->start, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
2992 if (ce != cs && oap->start.coladd > 0) | |
2993 { | |
2994 /* Part of a tab selected -- but don't | |
2995 * double-count it. */ | |
2996 bd.startspaces = (ce - cs + 1) | |
2997 - oap->start.coladd; | |
2998 startcol++; | |
2999 } | |
3000 } | |
3001 #endif | |
3002 } | |
3003 | |
3004 if (lnum == oap->end.lnum) | |
3005 { | |
3006 endcol = oap->end.col; | |
3007 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3008 if (virtual_op) | |
3009 { | |
3010 getvcol(curwin, &oap->end, &cs, NULL, &ce); | |
3011 if (p[endcol] == NUL || (cs + oap->end.coladd < ce | |
3012 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3013 /* Don't add space for double-wide | |
3014 * char; endcol will be on last byte | |
3015 * of multi-byte char. */ | |
3016 && (*mb_head_off)(p, p + endcol) == 0 | |
3017 # endif | |
3018 )) | |
3019 { | |
3020 if (oap->start.lnum == oap->end.lnum | |
3021 && oap->start.col == oap->end.col) | |
3022 { | |
3023 /* Special case: inside a single char */ | |
3024 is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
3025 bd.startspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3026 - oap->start.coladd + oap->inclusive; | |
3027 endcol = startcol; | |
3028 } | |
3029 else | |
3030 { | |
3031 bd.endspaces = oap->end.coladd | |
3032 + oap->inclusive; | |
3033 endcol -= oap->inclusive; | |
3034 } | |
3035 } | |
3036 } | |
3037 #endif | |
3038 } | |
3039 if (startcol > endcol | |
3040 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3041 || is_oneChar | |
3042 #endif | |
3043 ) | |
3044 bd.textlen = 0; | |
3045 else | |
3046 { | |
3047 if (endcol == MAXCOL) | |
835 | 3048 endcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p); |
7 | 3049 bd.textlen = endcol - startcol + oap->inclusive; |
3050 } | |
3051 bd.textstart = p + startcol; | |
3052 if (yank_copy_line(&bd, y_idx) == FAIL) | |
3053 goto fail; | |
3054 break; | |
3055 } | |
3056 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
3057 } | |
3058 } | |
3059 | |
3060 if (curr != y_current) /* append the new block to the old block */ | |
3061 { | |
3062 new_ptr = (char_u **)lalloc((long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * | |
3063 (curr->y_size + y_current->y_size)), TRUE); | |
3064 if (new_ptr == NULL) | |
3065 goto fail; | |
3066 for (j = 0; j < curr->y_size; ++j) | |
3067 new_ptr[j] = curr->y_array[j]; | |
3068 vim_free(curr->y_array); | |
3069 curr->y_array = new_ptr; | |
3070 | |
3071 if (yanktype == MLINE) /* MLINE overrides MCHAR and MBLOCK */ | |
3072 curr->y_type = MLINE; | |
3073 | |
164 | 3074 /* Concatenate the last line of the old block with the first line of |
3075 * the new block, unless being Vi compatible. */ | |
3076 if (curr->y_type == MCHAR && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REGAPPEND) == NULL) | |
7 | 3077 { |
3078 pnew = lalloc((long_u)(STRLEN(curr->y_array[curr->y_size - 1]) | |
3079 + STRLEN(y_current->y_array[0]) + 1), TRUE); | |
3080 if (pnew == NULL) | |
3081 { | |
3082 y_idx = y_current->y_size - 1; | |
3083 goto fail; | |
3084 } | |
3085 STRCPY(pnew, curr->y_array[--j]); | |
3086 STRCAT(pnew, y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3087 vim_free(curr->y_array[j]); | |
3088 vim_free(y_current->y_array[0]); | |
3089 curr->y_array[j++] = pnew; | |
3090 y_idx = 1; | |
3091 } | |
3092 else | |
3093 y_idx = 0; | |
3094 while (y_idx < y_current->y_size) | |
3095 curr->y_array[j++] = y_current->y_array[y_idx++]; | |
3096 curr->y_size = j; | |
3097 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
3098 y_current = curr; | |
3099 } | |
3100 if (mess) /* Display message about yank? */ | |
3101 { | |
3102 if (yanktype == MCHAR | |
3103 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3104 && !oap->block_mode | |
3105 #endif | |
3106 && yanklines == 1) | |
3107 yanklines = 0; | |
3108 /* Some versions of Vi use ">=" here, some don't... */ | |
3109 if (yanklines > p_report) | |
3110 { | |
3111 /* redisplay now, so message is not deleted */ | |
3112 update_topline_redraw(); | |
3113 if (yanklines == 1) | |
205 | 3114 { |
3115 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3116 if (oap->block_mode) | |
3117 MSG(_("block of 1 line yanked")); | |
3118 else | |
3119 #endif | |
3120 MSG(_("1 line yanked")); | |
3121 } | |
3122 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3123 else if (oap->block_mode) | |
3124 smsg((char_u *)_("block of %ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3125 #endif | |
7 | 3126 else |
3127 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines yanked"), yanklines); | |
3128 } | |
3129 } | |
3130 | |
3131 /* | |
3132 * Set "'[" and "']" marks. | |
3133 */ | |
3134 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
3135 curbuf->b_op_end = oap->end; | |
36 | 3136 if (yanktype == MLINE |
3137 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3138 && !oap->block_mode | |
3139 #endif | |
3140 ) | |
3141 { | |
3142 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3143 curbuf->b_op_end.col = MAXCOL; | |
3144 } | |
7 | 3145 |
3146 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3147 /* | |
3148 * If we were yanking to the '*' register, send result to clipboard. | |
3149 * If no register was specified, and "unnamed" in 'clipboard', make a copy | |
3150 * to the '*' register. | |
3151 */ | |
3152 if (clip_star.available | |
3153 && (curr == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) | |
2654 | 3154 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 |
3155 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED)))) | |
7 | 3156 { |
3157 if (curr != &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])) | |
3158 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3159 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3160 | |
3161 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3162 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
2658 | 3163 # ifdef FEAT_X11 |
2654 | 3164 did_star = TRUE; |
2658 | 3165 # endif |
7 | 3166 } |
3167 | |
3168 # ifdef FEAT_X11 | |
3169 /* | |
3170 * If we were yanking to the '+' register, send result to selection. | |
3171 * Also copy to the '*' register, in case auto-select is off. | |
3172 */ | |
2654 | 3173 if (clip_plus.available |
3174 && (curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) | |
3175 || (!deleting && oap->regname == 0 | |
3176 && (clip_unnamed & CLIP_UNNAMED_PLUS)))) | |
7 | 3177 { |
2654 | 3178 if (curr != &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) |
3179 /* Copy the text from register 0 to the clipboard register. */ | |
3180 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])); | |
3181 | |
7 | 3182 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); |
3183 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
2749 | 3184 if (!clip_isautosel() && !did_star && curr == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER])) |
7 | 3185 { |
3186 copy_yank_reg(&(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER])); | |
3187 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
3188 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
3189 } | |
3190 } | |
3191 # endif | |
3192 #endif | |
3193 | |
3194 return OK; | |
3195 | |
3196 fail: /* free the allocated lines */ | |
3197 free_yank(y_idx + 1); | |
3198 y_current = curr; | |
3199 return FAIL; | |
3200 } | |
3201 | |
3202 static int | |
3203 yank_copy_line(bd, y_idx) | |
3204 struct block_def *bd; | |
3205 long y_idx; | |
3206 { | |
3207 char_u *pnew; | |
3208 | |
3209 if ((pnew = alloc(bd->startspaces + bd->endspaces + bd->textlen + 1)) | |
3210 == NULL) | |
3211 return FAIL; | |
3212 y_current->y_array[y_idx] = pnew; | |
3213 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->startspaces); | |
3214 pnew += bd->startspaces; | |
3215 mch_memmove(pnew, bd->textstart, (size_t)bd->textlen); | |
3216 pnew += bd->textlen; | |
3217 copy_spaces(pnew, (size_t)bd->endspaces); | |
3218 pnew += bd->endspaces; | |
3219 *pnew = NUL; | |
3220 return OK; | |
3221 } | |
3222 | |
3223 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3224 /* | |
3225 * Make a copy of the y_current register to register "reg". | |
3226 */ | |
3227 static void | |
3228 copy_yank_reg(reg) | |
3229 struct yankreg *reg; | |
3230 { | |
3231 struct yankreg *curr = y_current; | |
3232 long j; | |
3233 | |
3234 y_current = reg; | |
3235 free_yank_all(); | |
3236 *y_current = *curr; | |
3237 y_current->y_array = (char_u **)lalloc_clear( | |
3238 (long_u)(sizeof(char_u *) * y_current->y_size), TRUE); | |
3239 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
3240 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3241 else | |
3242 for (j = 0; j < y_current->y_size; ++j) | |
3243 if ((y_current->y_array[j] = vim_strsave(curr->y_array[j])) == NULL) | |
3244 { | |
3245 free_yank(j); | |
3246 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
3247 break; | |
3248 } | |
3249 y_current = curr; | |
3250 } | |
3251 #endif | |
3252 | |
3253 /* | |
140 | 3254 * Put contents of register "regname" into the text. |
3255 * Caller must check "regname" to be valid! | |
3256 * "flags": PUT_FIXINDENT make indent look nice | |
3257 * PUT_CURSEND leave cursor after end of new text | |
3258 * PUT_LINE force linewise put (":put") | |
7 | 3259 */ |
3260 void | |
3261 do_put(regname, dir, count, flags) | |
3262 int regname; | |
3263 int dir; /* BACKWARD for 'P', FORWARD for 'p' */ | |
3264 long count; | |
3265 int flags; | |
3266 { | |
3267 char_u *ptr; | |
3268 char_u *newp, *oldp; | |
3269 int yanklen; | |
3270 int totlen = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3271 linenr_T lnum; | |
3272 colnr_T col; | |
3273 long i; /* index in y_array[] */ | |
3274 int y_type; | |
3275 long y_size; | |
3276 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3277 int oldlen; | |
3278 long y_width = 0; | |
3279 colnr_T vcol; | |
3280 int delcount; | |
3281 int incr = 0; | |
3282 long j; | |
3283 struct block_def bd; | |
3284 #endif | |
3285 char_u **y_array = NULL; | |
3286 long nr_lines = 0; | |
3287 pos_T new_cursor; | |
3288 int indent; | |
3289 int orig_indent = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3290 int indent_diff = 0; /* init for gcc */ | |
3291 int first_indent = TRUE; | |
3292 int lendiff = 0; | |
3293 pos_T old_pos; | |
3294 char_u *insert_string = NULL; | |
3295 int allocated = FALSE; | |
3296 long cnt; | |
3297 | |
3298 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3299 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. */ | |
3300 adjust_clip_reg(®name); | |
3301 (void)may_get_selection(regname); | |
3302 #endif | |
3303 | |
3304 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3305 orig_indent = get_indent(); | |
3306 | |
3307 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3308 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3309 | |
3310 /* | |
3311 * Using inserted text works differently, because the register includes | |
3312 * special characters (newlines, etc.). | |
3313 */ | |
3314 if (regname == '.') | |
3315 { | |
3316 (void)stuff_inserted((dir == FORWARD ? (count == -1 ? 'o' : 'a') : | |
3317 (count == -1 ? 'O' : 'i')), count, FALSE); | |
3318 /* Putting the text is done later, so can't really move the cursor to | |
3319 * the next character. Use "l" to simulate it. */ | |
3320 if ((flags & PUT_CURSEND) && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3321 stuffcharReadbuff('l'); | |
3322 return; | |
3323 } | |
3324 | |
3325 /* | |
3326 * For special registers '%' (file name), '#' (alternate file name) and | |
3327 * ':' (last command line), etc. we have to create a fake yank register. | |
3328 */ | |
3329 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &insert_string, &allocated, TRUE)) | |
3330 { | |
3331 if (insert_string == NULL) | |
3332 return; | |
3333 } | |
3334 | |
3335 if (insert_string != NULL) | |
3336 { | |
3337 y_type = MCHAR; | |
3338 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3339 if (regname == '=') | |
3340 { | |
3341 /* For the = register we need to split the string at NL | |
3093 | 3342 * characters. |
3343 * Loop twice: count the number of lines and save them. */ | |
7 | 3344 for (;;) |
3345 { | |
3346 y_size = 0; | |
3347 ptr = insert_string; | |
3348 while (ptr != NULL) | |
3349 { | |
3350 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3351 y_array[y_size] = ptr; | |
3352 ++y_size; | |
3353 ptr = vim_strchr(ptr, '\n'); | |
3354 if (ptr != NULL) | |
3355 { | |
3356 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3357 *ptr = NUL; | |
3358 ++ptr; | |
3093 | 3359 /* A trailing '\n' makes the register linewise. */ |
7 | 3360 if (*ptr == NUL) |
3361 { | |
3362 y_type = MLINE; | |
3363 break; | |
3364 } | |
3365 } | |
3366 } | |
3367 if (y_array != NULL) | |
3368 break; | |
3369 y_array = (char_u **)alloc((unsigned) | |
3370 (y_size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
3371 if (y_array == NULL) | |
3372 goto end; | |
3373 } | |
3374 } | |
3375 else | |
3376 #endif | |
3377 { | |
3378 y_size = 1; /* use fake one-line yank register */ | |
3379 y_array = &insert_string; | |
3380 } | |
3381 } | |
3382 else | |
3383 { | |
3384 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
3385 | |
3386 y_type = y_current->y_type; | |
3387 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3388 y_width = y_current->y_width; | |
3389 #endif | |
3390 y_size = y_current->y_size; | |
3391 y_array = y_current->y_array; | |
3392 } | |
3393 | |
3394 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3395 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3396 { | |
3397 if (flags & PUT_LINE_SPLIT) | |
3398 { | |
3399 /* "p" or "P" in Visual mode: split the lines to put the text in | |
3400 * between. */ | |
3401 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3402 goto end; | |
3403 ptr = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
3404 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3405 goto end; | |
3406 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3407 vim_free(ptr); | |
3408 | |
3409 ptr = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
3410 if (ptr == NULL) | |
3411 goto end; | |
3412 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ptr, FALSE); | |
3413 ++nr_lines; | |
3414 dir = FORWARD; | |
3415 } | |
3416 if (flags & PUT_LINE_FORWARD) | |
3417 { | |
3418 /* Must be "p" for a Visual block, put lines below the block. */ | |
692 | 3419 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_visual.vi_end; |
7 | 3420 dir = FORWARD; |
3421 } | |
3422 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '[ mark */ | |
3423 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; /* default for '] mark */ | |
3424 } | |
3425 #endif | |
3426 | |
3427 if (flags & PUT_LINE) /* :put command or "p" in Visual line mode. */ | |
3428 y_type = MLINE; | |
3429 | |
3430 if (y_size == 0 || y_array == NULL) | |
3431 { | |
3432 EMSG2(_("E353: Nothing in register %s"), | |
3433 regname == 0 ? (char_u *)"\"" : transchar(regname)); | |
3434 goto end; | |
3435 } | |
3436 | |
3437 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3438 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3439 { | |
3440 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum + y_size + 1; | |
3441 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3442 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
3443 if (u_save(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3444 goto end; | |
3445 } | |
3446 else | |
3447 #endif | |
3448 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3449 { | |
3450 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3451 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3452 /* Correct line number for closed fold. Don't move the cursor yet, | |
3453 * u_save() uses it. */ | |
3454 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3455 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
3456 else | |
3457 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
3458 #endif | |
3459 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3460 ++lnum; | |
3461 if (u_save(lnum - 1, lnum) == FAIL) | |
3462 goto end; | |
3463 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3464 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3465 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum - 1; | |
3466 else | |
3467 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3468 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; /* for mark_adjust() */ | |
3469 #endif | |
3470 } | |
3471 else if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
3472 goto end; | |
3473 | |
3474 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[0]); | |
3475 | |
3476 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3477 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL && y_type == MCHAR) | |
3478 { | |
3479 if (gchar_cursor() == TAB) | |
3480 { | |
3481 /* Don't need to insert spaces when "p" on the last position of a | |
3482 * tab or "P" on the first position. */ | |
3483 if (dir == FORWARD | |
3484 ? (int)curwin->w_cursor.coladd < curbuf->b_p_ts - 1 | |
3485 : curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
3486 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
3487 else | |
3488 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3489 } | |
3490 else if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
3491 coladvance_force(getviscol() + (dir == FORWARD)); | |
3492 } | |
3493 #endif | |
3494 | |
3495 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3496 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3497 | |
3498 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
3499 /* | |
3500 * Block mode | |
3501 */ | |
3502 if (y_type == MBLOCK) | |
3503 { | |
3504 char c = gchar_cursor(); | |
3505 colnr_T endcol2 = 0; | |
3506 | |
3507 if (dir == FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3508 { | |
3509 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3510 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
3511 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3512 else | |
3513 #endif | |
3514 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &col); | |
3515 | |
3516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3517 if (has_mbyte) | |
3518 /* move to start of next multi-byte character */ | |
474 | 3519 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3520 else |
3521 #endif | |
3522 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3523 if (c != TAB || ve_flags != VE_ALL) | |
3524 #endif | |
3525 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3526 ++col; | |
3527 } | |
3528 else | |
3529 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &col, NULL, &endcol2); | |
3530 | |
3531 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3532 col += curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
1304 | 3533 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL |
3534 && (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
3535 || endcol2 == curwin->w_cursor.col)) | |
7 | 3536 { |
3537 if (dir == FORWARD && c == NUL) | |
3538 ++col; | |
3539 if (dir != FORWARD && c != NUL) | |
3540 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3541 if (c == TAB) | |
3542 { | |
3543 if (dir == BACKWARD && curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
3544 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
3545 if (dir == FORWARD && col - 1 == endcol2) | |
3546 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
3547 } | |
3548 } | |
3549 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3550 #endif | |
699 | 3551 bd.textcol = 0; |
7 | 3552 for (i = 0; i < y_size; ++i) |
3553 { | |
3554 int spaces; | |
3555 char shortline; | |
3556 | |
3557 bd.startspaces = 0; | |
3558 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3559 vcol = 0; | |
3560 delcount = 0; | |
3561 | |
3562 /* add a new line */ | |
3563 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3564 { | |
3565 if (ml_append(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, (char_u *)"", | |
3566 (colnr_T)1, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
3567 break; | |
3568 ++nr_lines; | |
3569 } | |
3570 /* get the old line and advance to the position to insert at */ | |
3571 oldp = ml_get_curline(); | |
3572 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
3573 for (ptr = oldp; vcol < col && *ptr; ) | |
3574 { | |
3575 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
3576 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
3577 vcol += incr; | |
3578 } | |
3579 bd.textcol = (colnr_T)(ptr - oldp); | |
3580 | |
3581 shortline = (vcol < col) || (vcol == col && !*ptr) ; | |
3582 | |
3583 if (vcol < col) /* line too short, padd with spaces */ | |
3584 bd.startspaces = col - vcol; | |
3585 else if (vcol > col) | |
3586 { | |
3587 bd.endspaces = vcol - col; | |
3588 bd.startspaces = incr - bd.endspaces; | |
3589 --bd.textcol; | |
3590 delcount = 1; | |
3591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3592 if (has_mbyte) | |
3593 bd.textcol -= (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + bd.textcol); | |
3594 #endif | |
3595 if (oldp[bd.textcol] != TAB) | |
3596 { | |
3597 /* Only a Tab can be split into spaces. Other | |
3598 * characters will have to be moved to after the | |
3599 * block, causing misalignment. */ | |
3600 delcount = 0; | |
3601 bd.endspaces = 0; | |
3602 } | |
3603 } | |
3604 | |
3605 yanklen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[i]); | |
3606 | |
3607 /* calculate number of spaces required to fill right side of block*/ | |
3608 spaces = y_width + 1; | |
3609 for (j = 0; j < yanklen; j++) | |
3610 spaces -= lbr_chartabsize(&y_array[i][j], 0); | |
3611 if (spaces < 0) | |
3612 spaces = 0; | |
3613 | |
3614 /* insert the new text */ | |
3615 totlen = count * (yanklen + spaces) + bd.startspaces + bd.endspaces; | |
3616 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)totlen + oldlen + 1); | |
3617 if (newp == NULL) | |
3618 break; | |
3619 /* copy part up to cursor to new line */ | |
3620 ptr = newp; | |
3621 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp, (size_t)bd.textcol); | |
3622 ptr += bd.textcol; | |
3623 /* may insert some spaces before the new text */ | |
3624 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.startspaces); | |
3625 ptr += bd.startspaces; | |
3626 /* insert the new text */ | |
3627 for (j = 0; j < count; ++j) | |
3628 { | |
3629 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[i], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3630 ptr += yanklen; | |
3631 | |
3632 /* insert block's trailing spaces only if there's text behind */ | |
3633 if ((j < count - 1 || !shortline) && spaces) | |
3634 { | |
3635 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)spaces); | |
3636 ptr += spaces; | |
3637 } | |
3638 } | |
3639 /* may insert some spaces after the new text */ | |
3640 copy_spaces(ptr, (size_t)bd.endspaces); | |
3641 ptr += bd.endspaces; | |
3642 /* move the text after the cursor to the end of the line. */ | |
3643 mch_memmove(ptr, oldp + bd.textcol + delcount, | |
3644 (size_t)(oldlen - bd.textcol - delcount + 1)); | |
3645 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3646 | |
3647 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3648 if (i == 0) | |
3649 curwin->w_cursor.col += bd.startspaces; | |
3650 } | |
3651 | |
3652 changed_lines(lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3653 | |
3654 /* Set '[ mark. */ | |
3655 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3656 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = lnum; | |
3657 | |
3658 /* adjust '] mark */ | |
3659 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1; | |
3660 curbuf->b_op_end.col = bd.textcol + totlen - 1; | |
237 | 3661 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
7 | 3662 curbuf->b_op_end.coladd = 0; |
237 | 3663 # endif |
7 | 3664 if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) |
3665 { | |
916 | 3666 colnr_T len; |
3667 | |
7 | 3668 curwin->w_cursor = curbuf->b_op_end; |
3669 curwin->w_cursor.col++; | |
916 | 3670 |
3671 /* in Insert mode we might be after the NUL, correct for that */ | |
3672 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
3673 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
3674 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
7 | 3675 } |
3676 else | |
3677 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3678 } | |
3679 else | |
3680 #endif | |
3681 { | |
3682 /* | |
3683 * Character or Line mode | |
3684 */ | |
3685 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3686 { | |
3687 /* if type is MCHAR, FORWARD is the same as BACKWARD on the next | |
3688 * char */ | |
3689 if (dir == FORWARD && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
3690 { | |
3691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3692 if (has_mbyte) | |
3693 { | |
474 | 3694 int bytelen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
7 | 3695 |
3696 /* put it on the next of the multi-byte character. */ | |
3697 col += bytelen; | |
3698 if (yanklen) | |
3699 { | |
3700 curwin->w_cursor.col += bytelen; | |
3701 curbuf->b_op_end.col += bytelen; | |
3702 } | |
3703 } | |
3704 else | |
3705 #endif | |
3706 { | |
3707 ++col; | |
3708 if (yanklen) | |
3709 { | |
3710 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3711 ++curbuf->b_op_end.col; | |
3712 } | |
3713 } | |
3714 } | |
3715 curbuf->b_op_start = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3716 } | |
3717 /* | |
3718 * Line mode: BACKWARD is the same as FORWARD on the previous line | |
3719 */ | |
3720 else if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
3721 --lnum; | |
699 | 3722 new_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
7 | 3723 |
3724 /* | |
3725 * simple case: insert into current line | |
3726 */ | |
3727 if (y_type == MCHAR && y_size == 1) | |
3728 { | |
3729 totlen = count * yanklen; | |
3730 if (totlen) | |
3731 { | |
3732 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3733 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(oldp) + totlen + 1)); | |
3734 if (newp == NULL) | |
3735 goto end; /* alloc() will give error message */ | |
3736 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3737 ptr = newp + col; | |
3738 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
3739 { | |
3740 mch_memmove(ptr, y_array[0], (size_t)yanklen); | |
3741 ptr += yanklen; | |
3742 } | |
1622 | 3743 STRMOVE(ptr, oldp + col); |
7 | 3744 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); |
3745 /* Put cursor on last putted char. */ | |
3746 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)(totlen - 1); | |
3747 } | |
3748 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3749 /* For "CTRL-O p" in Insert mode, put cursor after last char */ | |
3750 if (totlen && (restart_edit != 0 || (flags & PUT_CURSEND))) | |
3751 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3752 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
3753 } | |
3754 else | |
3755 { | |
3756 /* | |
3757 * Insert at least one line. When y_type is MCHAR, break the first | |
3758 * line in two. | |
3759 */ | |
3760 for (cnt = 1; cnt <= count; ++cnt) | |
3761 { | |
3762 i = 0; | |
3763 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3764 { | |
3765 /* | |
3766 * Split the current line in two at the insert position. | |
3767 * First insert y_array[size - 1] in front of second line. | |
3768 * Then append y_array[0] to first line. | |
3769 */ | |
3770 lnum = new_cursor.lnum; | |
3771 ptr = ml_get(lnum) + col; | |
3772 totlen = (int)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3773 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(STRLEN(ptr) + totlen + 1)); | |
3774 if (newp == NULL) | |
3775 goto error; | |
3776 STRCPY(newp, y_array[y_size - 1]); | |
3777 STRCAT(newp, ptr); | |
3778 /* insert second line */ | |
3779 ml_append(lnum, newp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
3780 vim_free(newp); | |
3781 | |
3782 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
3783 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(col + yanklen + 1)); | |
3784 if (newp == NULL) | |
3785 goto error; | |
3786 /* copy first part of line */ | |
3787 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
3788 /* append to first line */ | |
3789 mch_memmove(newp + col, y_array[0], (size_t)(yanklen + 1)); | |
3790 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
3791 | |
3792 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3793 i = 1; | |
3794 } | |
3795 | |
3796 for (; i < y_size; ++i) | |
3797 { | |
3798 if ((y_type != MCHAR || i < y_size - 1) | |
3799 && ml_append(lnum, y_array[i], (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
3800 == FAIL) | |
3801 goto error; | |
3802 lnum++; | |
3803 ++nr_lines; | |
3804 if (flags & PUT_FIXINDENT) | |
3805 { | |
3806 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
3807 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3808 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
3809 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3810 lendiff = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3811 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
3812 if (*ptr == '#' && preprocs_left()) | |
3813 indent = 0; /* Leave # lines at start */ | |
3814 else | |
3815 #endif | |
3816 if (*ptr == NUL) | |
3817 indent = 0; /* Ignore empty lines */ | |
3818 else if (first_indent) | |
3819 { | |
3820 indent_diff = orig_indent - get_indent(); | |
3821 indent = orig_indent; | |
3822 first_indent = FALSE; | |
3823 } | |
3824 else if ((indent = get_indent() + indent_diff) < 0) | |
3825 indent = 0; | |
3826 (void)set_indent(indent, 0); | |
3827 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
3828 /* remember how many chars were removed */ | |
3829 if (cnt == count && i == y_size - 1) | |
3830 lendiff -= (int)STRLEN(ml_get(lnum)); | |
3831 } | |
3832 } | |
3833 } | |
3834 | |
3835 error: | |
3836 /* Adjust marks. */ | |
3837 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3838 { | |
3839 curbuf->b_op_start.col = 0; | |
3840 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3841 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum++; | |
3842 } | |
3843 mark_adjust(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + (y_type == MCHAR), | |
3844 (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, nr_lines, 0L); | |
3845 | |
3846 /* note changed text for displaying and folding */ | |
3847 if (y_type == MCHAR) | |
3848 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, col, | |
3849 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, nr_lines); | |
3850 else | |
3851 changed_lines(curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, 0, | |
3852 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, nr_lines); | |
3853 | |
3854 /* put '] mark at last inserted character */ | |
3855 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = lnum; | |
3856 /* correct length for change in indent */ | |
3857 col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(y_array[y_size - 1]) - lendiff; | |
3858 if (col > 1) | |
3859 curbuf->b_op_end.col = col - 1; | |
3860 else | |
3861 curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
3862 | |
168 | 3863 if (flags & PUT_CURSLINE) |
3864 { | |
237 | 3865 /* ":put": put cursor on last inserted line */ |
168 | 3866 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
3867 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3868 } | |
3869 else if (flags & PUT_CURSEND) | |
7 | 3870 { |
3871 /* put cursor after inserted text */ | |
3872 if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3873 { | |
3874 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3875 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3876 else | |
3877 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum + 1; | |
3878 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
3879 } | |
3880 else | |
3881 { | |
3882 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3883 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
3884 } | |
3885 } | |
3886 else if (y_type == MLINE) | |
3887 { | |
168 | 3888 /* put cursor on first non-blank in first inserted line */ |
7 | 3889 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
3890 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
3891 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3892 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3893 } | |
3894 else /* put cursor on first inserted character */ | |
3895 curwin->w_cursor = new_cursor; | |
3896 } | |
3897 } | |
3898 | |
3899 msgmore(nr_lines); | |
3900 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3901 | |
3902 end: | |
3903 if (allocated) | |
3904 vim_free(insert_string); | |
840 | 3905 if (regname == '=') |
3906 vim_free(y_array); | |
3907 | |
140 | 3908 /* If the cursor is past the end of the line put it at the end. */ |
844 | 3909 adjust_cursor_eol(); |
3910 } | |
3911 | |
3912 /* | |
3913 * When the cursor is on the NUL past the end of the line and it should not be | |
3914 * there move it left. | |
3915 */ | |
3916 void | |
3917 adjust_cursor_eol() | |
3918 { | |
3919 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
3920 && gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
773 | 3921 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3922 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
3923 #endif | |
7 | 3924 && !(restart_edit || (State & INSERT))) |
3925 { | |
557 | 3926 /* Put the cursor on the last character in the line. */ |
555 | 3927 dec_cursor(); |
844 | 3928 |
7 | 3929 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
3930 if (ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
557 | 3931 { |
3932 colnr_T scol, ecol; | |
3933 | |
3934 /* Coladd is set to the width of the last character. */ | |
3935 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &scol, NULL, &ecol); | |
3936 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = ecol - scol + 1; | |
3937 } | |
7 | 3938 #endif |
3939 } | |
3940 } | |
3941 | |
3942 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
3943 /* | |
3944 * Return TRUE if lines starting with '#' should be left aligned. | |
3945 */ | |
3946 int | |
3947 preprocs_left() | |
3948 { | |
3949 return | |
3950 # ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
3951 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3952 (curbuf->b_p_si && !curbuf->b_p_cin) || | |
3953 # else | |
3954 curbuf->b_p_si | |
3955 # endif | |
3956 # endif | |
3957 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
3958 (curbuf->b_p_cin && in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)) | |
3959 # endif | |
3960 ; | |
3961 } | |
3962 #endif | |
3963 | |
3964 /* Return the character name of the register with the given number */ | |
3965 int | |
3966 get_register_name(num) | |
3967 int num; | |
3968 { | |
3969 if (num == -1) | |
3970 return '"'; | |
3971 else if (num < 10) | |
3972 return num + '0'; | |
3973 else if (num == DELETION_REGISTER) | |
3974 return '-'; | |
3975 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
3976 else if (num == STAR_REGISTER) | |
3977 return '*'; | |
3978 else if (num == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
3979 return '+'; | |
3980 #endif | |
3981 else | |
3982 { | |
3983 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
3984 int i; | |
3985 | |
3986 /* EBCDIC is really braindead ... */ | |
3987 i = 'a' + (num - 10); | |
3988 if (i > 'i') | |
3989 i += 7; | |
3990 if (i > 'r') | |
3991 i += 8; | |
3992 return i; | |
3993 #else | |
3994 return num + 'a' - 10; | |
3995 #endif | |
3996 } | |
3997 } | |
3998 | |
3999 /* | |
4000 * ":dis" and ":registers": Display the contents of the yank registers. | |
4001 */ | |
4002 void | |
4003 ex_display(eap) | |
4004 exarg_T *eap; | |
4005 { | |
4006 int i, n; | |
4007 long j; | |
4008 char_u *p; | |
4009 struct yankreg *yb; | |
4010 int name; | |
4011 int attr; | |
4012 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
22 | 4013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4014 int clen; | |
4015 #else | |
4016 # define clen 1 | |
4017 #endif | |
7 | 4018 |
4019 if (arg != NULL && *arg == NUL) | |
4020 arg = NULL; | |
4021 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4022 | |
4023 /* Highlight title */ | |
4024 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Registers ---")); | |
4025 for (i = -1; i < NUM_REGISTERS && !got_int; ++i) | |
4026 { | |
4027 name = get_register_name(i); | |
2644 | 4028 if (arg != NULL && vim_strchr(arg, name) == NULL |
4029 #ifdef ONE_CLIPBOARD | |
4030 /* Star register and plus register contain the same thing. */ | |
4031 && (name != '*' || vim_strchr(arg, '+') == NULL) | |
4032 #endif | |
4033 ) | |
7 | 4034 continue; /* did not ask for this register */ |
4035 | |
4036 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
4037 /* Adjust register name for "unnamed" in 'clipboard'. | |
4038 * When it's a clipboard register, fill it with the current contents | |
4039 * of the clipboard. */ | |
4040 adjust_clip_reg(&name); | |
4041 (void)may_get_selection(name); | |
4042 #endif | |
4043 | |
4044 if (i == -1) | |
4045 { | |
4046 if (y_previous != NULL) | |
4047 yb = y_previous; | |
4048 else | |
4049 yb = &(y_regs[0]); | |
4050 } | |
4051 else | |
4052 yb = &(y_regs[i]); | |
2000 | 4053 |
4054 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4055 if (name == MB_TOLOWER(redir_reg) | |
4056 || (redir_reg == '"' && yb == y_previous)) | |
4057 continue; /* do not list register being written to, the | |
4058 * pointer can be freed */ | |
4059 #endif | |
4060 | |
7 | 4061 if (yb->y_array != NULL) |
4062 { | |
4063 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4064 msg_putchar('"'); | |
4065 msg_putchar(name); | |
4066 MSG_PUTS(" "); | |
4067 | |
4068 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4069 for (j = 0; j < yb->y_size && n > 1; ++j) | |
4070 { | |
4071 if (j) | |
4072 { | |
4073 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4074 n -= 2; | |
4075 } | |
4076 for (p = yb->y_array[j]; *p && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0; ++p) | |
4077 { | |
4078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4079 clen = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
22 | 4080 #endif |
4081 msg_outtrans_len(p, clen); | |
4082 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4083 p += clen - 1; | |
7 | 4084 #endif |
4085 } | |
4086 } | |
4087 if (n > 1 && yb->y_type == MLINE) | |
4088 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("^J", attr); | |
4089 out_flush(); /* show one line at a time */ | |
4090 } | |
4091 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4092 } | |
4093 | |
4094 /* | |
4095 * display last inserted text | |
4096 */ | |
4097 if ((p = get_last_insert()) != NULL | |
4098 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '.') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4099 { | |
4100 MSG_PUTS("\n\". "); | |
4101 dis_msg(p, TRUE); | |
4102 } | |
4103 | |
4104 /* | |
4105 * display last command line | |
4106 */ | |
4107 if (last_cmdline != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, ':') != NULL) | |
4108 && !got_int) | |
4109 { | |
4110 MSG_PUTS("\n\": "); | |
4111 dis_msg(last_cmdline, FALSE); | |
4112 } | |
4113 | |
4114 /* | |
4115 * display current file name | |
4116 */ | |
4117 if (curbuf->b_fname != NULL | |
4118 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4119 { | |
4120 MSG_PUTS("\n\"% "); | |
4121 dis_msg(curbuf->b_fname, FALSE); | |
4122 } | |
4123 | |
4124 /* | |
4125 * display alternate file name | |
4126 */ | |
4127 if ((arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '%') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4128 { | |
4129 char_u *fname; | |
4130 linenr_T dummy; | |
4131 | |
4132 if (buflist_name_nr(0, &fname, &dummy) != FAIL) | |
4133 { | |
4134 MSG_PUTS("\n\"# "); | |
4135 dis_msg(fname, FALSE); | |
4136 } | |
4137 } | |
4138 | |
4139 /* | |
4140 * display last search pattern | |
4141 */ | |
4142 if (last_search_pat() != NULL | |
4143 && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '/') != NULL) && !got_int) | |
4144 { | |
4145 MSG_PUTS("\n\"/ "); | |
4146 dis_msg(last_search_pat(), FALSE); | |
4147 } | |
4148 | |
4149 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4150 /* | |
4151 * display last used expression | |
4152 */ | |
4153 if (expr_line != NULL && (arg == NULL || vim_strchr(arg, '=') != NULL) | |
4154 && !got_int) | |
4155 { | |
4156 MSG_PUTS("\n\"= "); | |
4157 dis_msg(expr_line, FALSE); | |
4158 } | |
4159 #endif | |
4160 } | |
4161 | |
4162 /* | |
4163 * display a string for do_dis() | |
4164 * truncate at end of screen line | |
4165 */ | |
4166 static void | |
4167 dis_msg(p, skip_esc) | |
4168 char_u *p; | |
4169 int skip_esc; /* if TRUE, ignore trailing ESC */ | |
4170 { | |
4171 int n; | |
4172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4173 int l; | |
4174 #endif | |
4175 | |
4176 n = (int)Columns - 6; | |
4177 while (*p != NUL | |
4178 && !(*p == ESC && skip_esc && *(p + 1) == NUL) | |
4179 && (n -= ptr2cells(p)) >= 0) | |
4180 { | |
4181 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 4182 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1) |
7 | 4183 { |
4184 msg_outtrans_len(p, l); | |
4185 p += l; | |
4186 } | |
4187 else | |
4188 #endif | |
4189 msg_outtrans_len(p++, 1); | |
4190 } | |
4191 ui_breakcheck(); | |
4192 } | |
4193 | |
4194 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4195 * Join 'count' lines (minimal 2) at cursor position. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4196 * When "save_undo" is TRUE save lines for undo first. |
7 | 4197 * |
1217 | 4198 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise |
7 | 4199 */ |
4200 int | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4201 do_join(count, insert_space, save_undo) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4202 long count; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4203 int insert_space; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4204 int save_undo; |
7 | 4205 { |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4206 char_u *curr = NULL; |
2597 | 4207 char_u *curr_start = NULL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4208 char_u *cend; |
7 | 4209 char_u *newp; |
2597 | 4210 char_u *spaces; /* number of spaces inserted before a line */ |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4211 int endcurr1 = NUL; |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2298
diff
changeset
|
4212 int endcurr2 = NUL; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4213 int currsize = 0; /* size of the current line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4214 int sumsize = 0; /* size of the long new line */ |
7 | 4215 linenr_T t; |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4216 colnr_T col = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4217 int ret = OK; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4218 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4219 if (save_undo && u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4220 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + count)) == FAIL) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4221 return FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4222 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4223 /* Allocate an array to store the number of spaces inserted before each |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4224 * line. We will use it to pre-compute the length of the new line and the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4225 * proper placement of each original line in the new one. */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4226 spaces = lalloc_clear((long_u)count, TRUE); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4227 if (spaces == NULL) |
7 | 4228 return FAIL; |
4229 | |
4230 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4231 * Don't move anything, just compute the final line length |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4232 * and setup the array of space strings lengths |
7 | 4233 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4234 for (t = 0; t < count; ++t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4235 { |
2597 | 4236 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t)); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4237 if (insert_space && t > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4238 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4239 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4240 if (*curr != ')' && currsize != 0 && endcurr1 != TAB |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4242 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4243 || (mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 && endcurr1 < 0x100)) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4244 && (!has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_JOIN2) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4245 || mb_ptr2char(curr) < 0x100 || endcurr1 < 0x100) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4246 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4247 ) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4248 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4249 /* don't add a space if the line is ending in a space */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4250 if (endcurr1 == ' ') |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4251 endcurr1 = endcurr2; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4252 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4253 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4254 /* extra space when 'joinspaces' set and line ends in '.' */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4255 if ( p_js |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4256 && (endcurr1 == '.' |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4257 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) == NULL |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4258 && (endcurr1 == '?' || endcurr1 == '!')))) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4259 ++spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4260 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4261 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4262 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4263 sumsize += currsize + spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4264 endcurr1 = endcurr2 = NUL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4265 if (insert_space && currsize > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4266 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4267 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4268 if (has_mbyte) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4269 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4270 cend = curr + currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4271 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4272 endcurr1 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4273 if (cend > curr) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4274 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4275 mb_ptr_back(curr, cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4276 endcurr2 = (*mb_ptr2char)(cend); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4277 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4278 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4279 else |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4280 #endif |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4281 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4282 endcurr1 = *(curr + currsize - 1); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4283 if (currsize > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4284 endcurr2 = *(curr + currsize - 2); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4285 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4286 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4287 line_breakcheck(); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4288 if (got_int) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4289 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4290 ret = FAIL; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4291 goto theend; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4292 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4293 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4294 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4295 /* store the column position before last line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4296 col = sumsize - currsize - spaces[count - 1]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4297 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4298 /* allocate the space for the new line */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4299 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(sumsize + 1)); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4300 cend = newp + sumsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4301 *cend = 0; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4302 |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4303 /* |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4304 * Move affected lines to the new long one. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4305 * |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4306 * Move marks from each deleted line to the joined line, adjusting the |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4307 * column. This is not Vi compatible, but Vi deletes the marks, thus that |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4308 * should not really be a problem. |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4309 */ |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4310 for (t = count - 1; ; --t) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4311 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4312 cend -= currsize; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4313 mch_memmove(cend, curr, (size_t)currsize); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4314 if (spaces[t] > 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4315 { |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4316 cend -= spaces[t]; |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4317 copy_spaces(cend, (size_t)(spaces[t])); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4318 } |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4319 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t, (colnr_T)0, (linenr_T)-t, |
2597 | 4320 (long)(cend - newp + spaces[t] - (curr - curr_start))); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4321 if (t == 0) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4322 break; |
2597 | 4323 curr = curr_start = ml_get((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + t - 1)); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4324 if (insert_space && t > 1) |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4325 curr = skipwhite(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4326 currsize = (int)STRLEN(curr); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4327 } |
7 | 4328 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newp, FALSE); |
4329 | |
4330 /* Only report the change in the first line here, del_lines() will report | |
4331 * the deleted line. */ | |
4332 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, currsize, | |
4333 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 0L); | |
4334 | |
4335 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4336 * Delete following lines. To do this we move the cursor there |
7 | 4337 * briefly, and then move it back. After del_lines() the cursor may |
4338 * have moved up (last line deleted), so the current lnum is kept in t. | |
4339 */ | |
4340 t = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4341 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4342 del_lines(count - 1, FALSE); |
7 | 4343 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = t; |
4344 | |
4345 /* | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4346 * Set the cursor column: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4347 * Vi compatible: use the column of the first join |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2310
diff
changeset
|
4348 * vim: use the column of the last join |
7 | 4349 */ |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4350 curwin->w_cursor.col = |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4351 (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINCOL) != NULL ? currsize : col); |
7 | 4352 check_cursor_col(); |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4353 |
7 | 4354 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
4355 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
4356 #endif | |
4357 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
4358 | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4359 theend: |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4360 vim_free(spaces); |
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4361 return ret; |
7 | 4362 } |
4363 | |
4364 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4365 /* | |
4366 * Return TRUE if the two comment leaders given are the same. "lnum" is | |
4367 * the first line. White-space is ignored. Note that the whole of | |
4368 * 'leader1' must match 'leader2_len' characters from 'leader2' -- webb | |
4369 */ | |
4370 static int | |
4371 same_leader(lnum, leader1_len, leader1_flags, leader2_len, leader2_flags) | |
4372 linenr_T lnum; | |
4373 int leader1_len; | |
4374 char_u *leader1_flags; | |
4375 int leader2_len; | |
4376 char_u *leader2_flags; | |
4377 { | |
4378 int idx1 = 0, idx2 = 0; | |
4379 char_u *p; | |
4380 char_u *line1; | |
4381 char_u *line2; | |
4382 | |
4383 if (leader1_len == 0) | |
4384 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4385 | |
4386 /* | |
4387 * If first leader has 'f' flag, the lines can be joined only if the | |
4388 * second line does not have a leader. | |
4389 * If first leader has 'e' flag, the lines can never be joined. | |
4390 * If fist leader has 's' flag, the lines can only be joined if there is | |
4391 * some text after it and the second line has the 'm' flag. | |
4392 */ | |
4393 if (leader1_flags != NULL) | |
4394 { | |
4395 for (p = leader1_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4396 { | |
4397 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
4398 return (leader2_len == 0); | |
4399 if (*p == COM_END) | |
4400 return FALSE; | |
4401 if (*p == COM_START) | |
4402 { | |
4403 if (*(ml_get(lnum) + leader1_len) == NUL) | |
4404 return FALSE; | |
4405 if (leader2_flags == NULL || leader2_len == 0) | |
4406 return FALSE; | |
4407 for (p = leader2_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
4408 if (*p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
4409 return TRUE; | |
4410 return FALSE; | |
4411 } | |
4412 } | |
4413 } | |
4414 | |
4415 /* | |
4416 * Get current line and next line, compare the leaders. | |
4417 * The first line has to be saved, only one line can be locked at a time. | |
4418 */ | |
4419 line1 = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4420 if (line1 != NULL) | |
4421 { | |
4422 for (idx1 = 0; vim_iswhite(line1[idx1]); ++idx1) | |
4423 ; | |
4424 line2 = ml_get(lnum + 1); | |
4425 for (idx2 = 0; idx2 < leader2_len; ++idx2) | |
4426 { | |
4427 if (!vim_iswhite(line2[idx2])) | |
4428 { | |
4429 if (line1[idx1++] != line2[idx2]) | |
4430 break; | |
4431 } | |
4432 else | |
4433 while (vim_iswhite(line1[idx1])) | |
4434 ++idx1; | |
4435 } | |
4436 vim_free(line1); | |
4437 } | |
4438 return (idx2 == leader2_len && idx1 == leader1_len); | |
4439 } | |
4440 #endif | |
4441 | |
4442 /* | |
3252 | 4443 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq'. |
7 | 4444 */ |
4445 void | |
4446 op_format(oap, keep_cursor) | |
4447 oparg_T *oap; | |
4448 int keep_cursor; /* keep cursor on same text char */ | |
4449 { | |
4450 long old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4451 | |
4452 /* Place the cursor where the "gq" or "gw" command was given, so that "u" | |
4453 * can put it back there. */ | |
4454 curwin->w_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4455 | |
4456 if (u_save((linenr_T)(oap->start.lnum - 1), | |
4457 (linenr_T)(oap->end.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
4458 return; | |
4459 curwin->w_cursor = oap->start; | |
4460 | |
4461 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4462 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4463 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4464 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4465 #endif | |
4466 | |
4467 /* Set '[ mark at the start of the formatted area */ | |
4468 curbuf->b_op_start = oap->start; | |
4469 | |
4470 /* For "gw" remember the cursor position and put it back below (adjusted | |
4471 * for joined and split lines). */ | |
4472 if (keep_cursor) | |
4473 saved_cursor = oap->cursor_start; | |
4474 | |
1563 | 4475 format_lines(oap->line_count, keep_cursor); |
7 | 4476 |
4477 /* | |
4478 * Leave the cursor at the first non-blank of the last formatted line. | |
4479 * If the cursor was moved one line back (e.g. with "Q}") go to the next | |
4480 * line, so "." will do the next lines. | |
4481 */ | |
4482 if (oap->end_adjusted && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4483 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
4484 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
4485 old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
4486 msgmore(old_line_count); | |
4487 | |
4488 /* put '] mark on the end of the formatted area */ | |
4489 curbuf->b_op_end = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4490 | |
4491 if (keep_cursor) | |
4492 { | |
4493 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; | |
4494 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
4495 } | |
4496 | |
4497 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4498 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4499 { | |
4500 win_T *wp; | |
4501 | |
4502 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
4503 { | |
4504 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0) | |
4505 { | |
4506 /* When lines have been inserted or deleted, adjust the end of | |
4507 * the Visual area to be redrawn. */ | |
4508 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
4509 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4510 else | |
4511 wp->w_old_visual_lnum += old_line_count; | |
4512 } | |
4513 } | |
4514 } | |
4515 #endif | |
4516 } | |
4517 | |
667 | 4518 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
4519 /* | |
4520 * Implementation of the format operator 'gq' for when using 'formatexpr'. | |
4521 */ | |
4522 void | |
4523 op_formatexpr(oap) | |
4524 oparg_T *oap; | |
4525 { | |
4526 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4527 if (oap->is_VIsual) | |
4528 /* When there is no change: need to remove the Visual selection */ | |
4529 redraw_curbuf_later(INVERTED); | |
4530 # endif | |
4531 | |
2298
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4532 if (fex_format(oap->start.lnum, oap->line_count, NUL) != 0) |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4533 /* As documented: when 'formatexpr' returns non-zero fall back to |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4534 * internal formatting. */ |
a3562a127cf6
When 'formatexpr' evaluates to non-zero fall back to internal formatting, also
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
4535 op_format(oap, FALSE); |
667 | 4536 } |
4537 | |
4538 int | |
844 | 4539 fex_format(lnum, count, c) |
667 | 4540 linenr_T lnum; |
4541 long count; | |
844 | 4542 int c; /* character to be inserted */ |
667 | 4543 { |
681 | 4544 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"formatexpr", |
4545 OPT_LOCAL); | |
667 | 4546 int r; |
4547 | |
4548 /* | |
4549 * Set v:lnum to the first line number and v:count to the number of lines. | |
844 | 4550 * Set v:char to the character to be inserted (can be NUL). |
667 | 4551 */ |
4552 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, lnum); | |
4553 set_vim_var_nr(VV_COUNT, count); | |
1969 | 4554 set_vim_var_char(c); |
844 | 4555 |
667 | 4556 /* |
4557 * Evaluate the function. | |
4558 */ | |
4559 if (use_sandbox) | |
4560 ++sandbox; | |
4561 r = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_fex); | |
4562 if (use_sandbox) | |
4563 --sandbox; | |
844 | 4564 |
4565 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); | |
4566 | |
667 | 4567 return r; |
4568 } | |
4569 #endif | |
4570 | |
7 | 4571 /* |
4572 * Format "line_count" lines, starting at the cursor position. | |
4573 * When "line_count" is negative, format until the end of the paragraph. | |
4574 * Lines after the cursor line are saved for undo, caller must have saved the | |
4575 * first line. | |
4576 */ | |
4577 void | |
1563 | 4578 format_lines(line_count, avoid_fex) |
7 | 4579 linenr_T line_count; |
1563 | 4580 int avoid_fex; /* don't use 'formatexpr' */ |
7 | 4581 { |
4582 int max_len; | |
4583 int is_not_par; /* current line not part of parag. */ | |
4584 int next_is_not_par; /* next line not part of paragraph */ | |
4585 int is_end_par; /* at end of paragraph */ | |
4586 int prev_is_end_par = FALSE;/* prev. line not part of parag. */ | |
4587 int next_is_start_par = FALSE; | |
4588 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4589 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4590 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4591 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4592 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4593 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
4594 #endif | |
4595 int advance = TRUE; | |
4596 int second_indent = -1; | |
4597 int do_second_indent; | |
4598 int do_number_indent; | |
4599 int do_trail_white; | |
4600 int first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4601 int smd_save; | |
4602 long count; | |
4603 int need_set_indent = TRUE; /* set indent of next paragraph */ | |
4604 int force_format = FALSE; | |
4605 int old_State = State; | |
4606 | |
4607 /* length of a line to force formatting: 3 * 'tw' */ | |
4608 max_len = comp_textwidth(TRUE) * 3; | |
4609 | |
4610 /* check for 'q', '2' and '1' in 'formatoptions' */ | |
4611 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4612 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4613 #endif | |
4614 do_second_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_SECOND); | |
4615 do_number_indent = has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER); | |
4616 do_trail_white = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
4617 | |
4618 /* | |
4619 * Get info about the previous and current line. | |
4620 */ | |
4621 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
4622 is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 | |
4623 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4624 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4625 #endif | |
4626 ); | |
4627 else | |
4628 is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4629 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
4630 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4631 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4632 #endif | |
4633 ); | |
4634 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par); | |
4635 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4636 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
4637 | |
4638 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
4639 for (count = line_count; count != 0 && !got_int; --count) | |
4640 { | |
4641 /* | |
4642 * Advance to next paragraph. | |
4643 */ | |
4644 if (advance) | |
4645 { | |
4646 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4647 prev_is_end_par = is_end_par; | |
4648 is_not_par = next_is_not_par; | |
4649 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4650 leader_len = next_leader_len; | |
4651 leader_flags = next_leader_flags; | |
4652 #endif | |
4653 } | |
4654 | |
4655 /* | |
4656 * The last line to be formatted. | |
4657 */ | |
4658 if (count == 1 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4659 { | |
4660 next_is_not_par = TRUE; | |
4661 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4662 next_leader_len = 0; | |
4663 next_leader_flags = NULL; | |
4664 #endif | |
4665 } | |
4666 else | |
4667 { | |
4668 next_is_not_par = fmt_check_par(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1 | |
4669 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4670 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4671 #endif | |
4672 ); | |
4673 if (do_number_indent) | |
4674 next_is_start_par = | |
4675 (get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1) > 0); | |
4676 } | |
4677 advance = TRUE; | |
4678 is_end_par = (is_not_par || next_is_not_par || next_is_start_par); | |
4679 if (!is_end_par && do_trail_white) | |
4680 is_end_par = !ends_in_white(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4681 | |
4682 /* | |
4683 * Skip lines that are not in a paragraph. | |
4684 */ | |
4685 if (is_not_par) | |
4686 { | |
4687 if (line_count < 0) | |
4688 break; | |
4689 } | |
4690 else | |
4691 { | |
4692 /* | |
4693 * For the first line of a paragraph, check indent of second line. | |
4694 * Don't do this for comments and empty lines. | |
4695 */ | |
4696 if (first_par_line | |
4697 && (do_second_indent || do_number_indent) | |
4698 && prev_is_end_par | |
4699 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4700 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4701 && leader_len == 0 | |
4702 && next_leader_len == 0 | |
4703 #endif | |
4704 ) | |
4705 { | |
4706 if (do_second_indent | |
4707 && !lineempty(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) | |
4708 second_indent = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1); | |
4709 else if (do_number_indent) | |
4710 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
4711 } | |
4712 | |
4713 /* | |
4714 * When the comment leader changes, it's the end of the paragraph. | |
4715 */ | |
4716 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
4717 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4718 || !same_leader(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
4719 leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4720 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags) | |
4721 #endif | |
4722 ) | |
4723 is_end_par = TRUE; | |
4724 | |
4725 /* | |
4726 * If we have got to the end of a paragraph, or the line is | |
4727 * getting long, format it. | |
4728 */ | |
4729 if (is_end_par || force_format) | |
4730 { | |
4731 if (need_set_indent) | |
4732 /* replace indent in first line with minimal number of | |
4733 * tabs and spaces, according to current options */ | |
4734 (void)set_indent(get_indent(), SIN_CHANGED); | |
4735 | |
4736 /* put cursor on last non-space */ | |
4737 State = NORMAL; /* don't go past end-of-line */ | |
4738 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
4739 while (curwin->w_cursor.col && vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
4740 dec_cursor(); | |
4741 | |
4742 /* do the formatting, without 'showmode' */ | |
4743 State = INSERT; /* for open_line() */ | |
4744 smd_save = p_smd; | |
4745 p_smd = FALSE; | |
4746 insertchar(NUL, INSCHAR_FORMAT | |
4747 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4748 + (do_comments ? INSCHAR_DO_COM : 0) | |
4749 #endif | |
1563 | 4750 + (avoid_fex ? INSCHAR_NO_FEX : 0), second_indent); |
7 | 4751 State = old_State; |
4752 p_smd = smd_save; | |
4753 second_indent = -1; | |
4754 /* at end of par.: need to set indent of next par. */ | |
4755 need_set_indent = is_end_par; | |
4756 if (is_end_par) | |
4757 { | |
4758 /* When called with a negative line count, break at the | |
4759 * end of the paragraph. */ | |
4760 if (line_count < 0) | |
4761 break; | |
4762 first_par_line = TRUE; | |
4763 } | |
4764 force_format = FALSE; | |
4765 } | |
4766 | |
4767 /* | |
4768 * When still in same paragraph, join the lines together. But | |
4769 * first delete the comment leader from the second line. | |
4770 */ | |
4771 if (!is_end_par) | |
4772 { | |
4773 advance = FALSE; | |
4774 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
4775 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
4776 if (line_count < 0 && u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4777 break; |
7 | 4778 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
610 | 4779 (void)del_bytes((long)next_leader_len, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 4780 if (next_leader_len > 0) |
4781 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, (colnr_T)0, 0L, | |
4782 (long)-next_leader_len); | |
4783 #endif | |
4784 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2289
diff
changeset
|
4785 if (do_join(2, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
7 | 4786 { |
4787 beep_flush(); | |
4788 break; | |
4789 } | |
4790 first_par_line = FALSE; | |
4791 /* If the line is getting long, format it next time */ | |
4792 if (STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) > (size_t)max_len) | |
4793 force_format = TRUE; | |
4794 else | |
4795 force_format = FALSE; | |
4796 } | |
4797 } | |
4798 line_breakcheck(); | |
4799 } | |
4800 } | |
4801 | |
4802 /* | |
4803 * Return TRUE if line "lnum" ends in a white character. | |
4804 */ | |
4805 static int | |
4806 ends_in_white(lnum) | |
4807 linenr_T lnum; | |
4808 { | |
4809 char_u *s = ml_get(lnum); | |
4810 size_t l; | |
4811 | |
4812 if (*s == NUL) | |
4813 return FALSE; | |
4814 /* Don't use STRLEN() inside vim_iswhite(), SAS/C complains: "macro | |
4815 * invocation may call function multiple times". */ | |
4816 l = STRLEN(s) - 1; | |
4817 return vim_iswhite(s[l]); | |
4818 } | |
4819 | |
4820 /* | |
4821 * Blank lines, and lines containing only the comment leader, are left | |
4822 * untouched by the formatting. The function returns TRUE in this | |
4823 * case. It also returns TRUE when a line starts with the end of a comment | |
4824 * ('e' in comment flags), so that this line is skipped, and not joined to the | |
4825 * previous line. A new paragraph starts after a blank line, or when the | |
4826 * comment leader changes -- webb. | |
4827 */ | |
4828 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4829 static int | |
4830 fmt_check_par(lnum, leader_len, leader_flags, do_comments) | |
4831 linenr_T lnum; | |
4832 int *leader_len; | |
4833 char_u **leader_flags; | |
4834 int do_comments; | |
4835 { | |
4836 char_u *flags = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
4837 char_u *ptr; | |
4838 | |
4839 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
4840 if (do_comments) | |
4841 *leader_len = get_leader_len(ptr, leader_flags, FALSE); | |
4842 else | |
4843 *leader_len = 0; | |
4844 | |
4845 if (*leader_len > 0) | |
4846 { | |
4847 /* | |
4848 * Search for 'e' flag in comment leader flags. | |
4849 */ | |
4850 flags = *leader_flags; | |
4851 while (*flags && *flags != ':' && *flags != COM_END) | |
4852 ++flags; | |
4853 } | |
4854 | |
4855 return (*skipwhite(ptr + *leader_len) == NUL | |
4856 || (*leader_len > 0 && *flags == COM_END) | |
4857 || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
4858 } | |
4859 #else | |
4860 static int | |
4861 fmt_check_par(lnum) | |
4862 linenr_T lnum; | |
4863 { | |
4864 return (*skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)) == NUL || startPS(lnum, NUL, FALSE)); | |
4865 } | |
4866 #endif | |
4867 | |
4868 /* | |
4869 * Return TRUE when a paragraph starts in line "lnum". Return FALSE when the | |
4870 * previous line is in the same paragraph. Used for auto-formatting. | |
4871 */ | |
4872 int | |
4873 paragraph_start(lnum) | |
4874 linenr_T lnum; | |
4875 { | |
4876 char_u *p; | |
4877 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4878 int leader_len = 0; /* leader len of current line */ | |
4879 char_u *leader_flags = NULL; /* flags for leader of current line */ | |
4880 int next_leader_len; /* leader len of next line */ | |
4881 char_u *next_leader_flags; /* flags for leader of next line */ | |
4882 int do_comments; /* format comments */ | |
4883 #endif | |
4884 | |
4885 if (lnum <= 1) | |
4886 return TRUE; /* start of the file */ | |
4887 | |
4888 p = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
4889 if (*p == NUL) | |
4890 return TRUE; /* after empty line */ | |
4891 | |
4892 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4893 do_comments = has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS); | |
4894 #endif | |
4895 if (fmt_check_par(lnum - 1 | |
4896 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4897 , &leader_len, &leader_flags, do_comments | |
4898 #endif | |
4899 )) | |
4900 return TRUE; /* after non-paragraph line */ | |
4901 | |
4902 if (fmt_check_par(lnum | |
4903 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4904 , &next_leader_len, &next_leader_flags, do_comments | |
4905 #endif | |
4906 )) | |
4907 return TRUE; /* "lnum" is not a paragraph line */ | |
4908 | |
4909 if (has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR) && !ends_in_white(lnum - 1)) | |
4910 return TRUE; /* missing trailing space in previous line. */ | |
4911 | |
4912 if (has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER) && (get_number_indent(lnum) > 0)) | |
4913 return TRUE; /* numbered item starts in "lnum". */ | |
4914 | |
4915 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
4916 if (!same_leader(lnum - 1, leader_len, leader_flags, | |
4917 next_leader_len, next_leader_flags)) | |
4918 return TRUE; /* change of comment leader. */ | |
4919 #endif | |
4920 | |
4921 return FALSE; | |
4922 } | |
4923 | |
4924 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
4925 /* | |
4926 * prepare a few things for block mode yank/delete/tilde | |
4927 * | |
4928 * for delete: | |
4929 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be (partly) deleted | |
4930 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns that are taken by the | |
4931 * first/last deleted char minus the number of columns that have to be | |
1839 | 4932 * deleted. |
4933 * for yank and tilde: | |
7 | 4934 * - textlen includes the first/last char to be wholly yanked |
4935 * - start/endspaces is the number of columns of the first/last yanked char | |
4936 * that are to be yanked. | |
4937 */ | |
4938 static void | |
4939 block_prep(oap, bdp, lnum, is_del) | |
4940 oparg_T *oap; | |
4941 struct block_def *bdp; | |
4942 linenr_T lnum; | |
4943 int is_del; | |
4944 { | |
4945 int incr = 0; | |
4946 char_u *pend; | |
4947 char_u *pstart; | |
4948 char_u *line; | |
4949 char_u *prev_pstart; | |
4950 char_u *prev_pend; | |
4951 | |
4952 bdp->startspaces = 0; | |
4953 bdp->endspaces = 0; | |
4954 bdp->textlen = 0; | |
4955 bdp->start_vcol = 0; | |
4956 bdp->end_vcol = 0; | |
4957 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4958 bdp->is_short = FALSE; | |
4959 bdp->is_oneChar = FALSE; | |
4960 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
4961 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
4962 bdp->end_char_vcols = 0; | |
4963 #endif | |
4964 bdp->start_char_vcols = 0; | |
4965 | |
4966 line = ml_get(lnum); | |
4967 pstart = line; | |
4968 prev_pstart = line; | |
4969 while (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol && *pstart) | |
4970 { | |
4971 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
4972 incr = lbr_chartabsize(pstart, (colnr_T)bdp->start_vcol); | |
4973 bdp->start_vcol += incr; | |
4974 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4975 if (vim_iswhite(*pstart)) | |
4976 { | |
4977 bdp->pre_whitesp += incr; | |
4978 bdp->pre_whitesp_c++; | |
4979 } | |
4980 else | |
4981 { | |
4982 bdp->pre_whitesp = 0; | |
4983 bdp->pre_whitesp_c = 0; | |
4984 } | |
4985 #endif | |
4986 prev_pstart = pstart; | |
39 | 4987 mb_ptr_adv(pstart); |
7 | 4988 } |
4989 bdp->start_char_vcols = incr; | |
4990 if (bdp->start_vcol < oap->start_vcol) /* line too short */ | |
4991 { | |
4992 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
4993 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
4994 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
4995 #endif | |
4996 if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
4997 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
4998 } | |
4999 else | |
5000 { | |
5001 /* notice: this converts partly selected Multibyte characters to | |
5002 * spaces, too. */ | |
5003 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol; | |
5004 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5005 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5006 pend = pstart; | |
5007 bdp->end_vcol = bdp->start_vcol; | |
5008 if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) /* it's all in one character */ | |
5009 { | |
5010 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5011 bdp->is_oneChar = TRUE; | |
5012 #endif | |
5013 if (oap->op_type == OP_INSERT) | |
5014 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5015 else if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) | |
5016 { | |
5017 bdp->startspaces += oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5018 bdp->endspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols - bdp->startspaces; | |
5019 } | |
5020 else | |
5021 { | |
5022 bdp->startspaces = oap->end_vcol - oap->start_vcol + 1; | |
5023 if (is_del && oap->op_type != OP_LSHIFT) | |
5024 { | |
5025 /* just putting the sum of those two into | |
5026 * bdp->startspaces doesn't work for Visual replace, | |
5027 * so we have to split the tab in two */ | |
5028 bdp->startspaces = bdp->start_char_vcols | |
5029 - (bdp->start_vcol - oap->start_vcol); | |
5030 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5031 } | |
5032 } | |
5033 } | |
5034 else | |
5035 { | |
5036 prev_pend = pend; | |
5037 while (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol && *pend != NUL) | |
5038 { | |
5039 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */ | |
5040 prev_pend = pend; | |
5041 incr = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&pend, (colnr_T)bdp->end_vcol); | |
5042 bdp->end_vcol += incr; | |
5043 } | |
5044 if (bdp->end_vcol <= oap->end_vcol | |
5045 && (!is_del | |
5046 || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND | |
5047 || oap->op_type == OP_REPLACE)) /* line too short */ | |
5048 { | |
5049 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5050 bdp->is_short = TRUE; | |
5051 #endif | |
5052 /* Alternative: include spaces to fill up the block. | |
5053 * Disadvantage: can lead to trailing spaces when the line is | |
5054 * short where the text is put */ | |
5055 /* if (!is_del || oap->op_type == OP_APPEND) */ | |
5056 if (oap->op_type == OP_APPEND || virtual_op) | |
5057 bdp->endspaces = oap->end_vcol - bdp->end_vcol | |
593 | 5058 + oap->inclusive; |
7 | 5059 else |
5060 bdp->endspaces = 0; /* replace doesn't add characters */ | |
5061 } | |
5062 else if (bdp->end_vcol > oap->end_vcol) | |
5063 { | |
5064 bdp->endspaces = bdp->end_vcol - oap->end_vcol - 1; | |
5065 if (!is_del && bdp->endspaces) | |
5066 { | |
5067 bdp->endspaces = incr - bdp->endspaces; | |
5068 if (pend != pstart) | |
5069 pend = prev_pend; | |
5070 } | |
5071 } | |
5072 } | |
5073 #ifdef FEAT_VISUALEXTRA | |
5074 bdp->end_char_vcols = incr; | |
5075 #endif | |
5076 if (is_del && bdp->startspaces) | |
5077 pstart = prev_pstart; | |
5078 bdp->textlen = (int)(pend - pstart); | |
5079 } | |
5080 bdp->textcol = (colnr_T) (pstart - line); | |
5081 bdp->textstart = pstart; | |
5082 } | |
5083 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
5084 | |
5085 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5086 static void reverse_line __ARGS((char_u *s)); | |
5087 | |
5088 static void | |
5089 reverse_line(s) | |
5090 char_u *s; | |
5091 { | |
5092 int i, j; | |
5093 char_u c; | |
5094 | |
5095 if ((i = (int)STRLEN(s) - 1) <= 0) | |
5096 return; | |
5097 | |
5098 curwin->w_cursor.col = i - curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5099 for (j = 0; j < i; j++, i--) | |
5100 { | |
5101 c = s[i]; s[i] = s[j]; s[j] = c; | |
5102 } | |
5103 } | |
5104 | |
5105 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) if (curwin->w_p_rl) reverse_line(ptr); | |
5106 #else | |
5107 # define RLADDSUBFIX(ptr) | |
5108 #endif | |
5109 | |
5110 /* | |
5111 * add or subtract 'Prenum1' from a number in a line | |
5112 * 'command' is CTRL-A for add, CTRL-X for subtract | |
5113 * | |
5114 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
5115 */ | |
5116 int | |
5117 do_addsub(command, Prenum1) | |
5118 int command; | |
5119 linenr_T Prenum1; | |
5120 { | |
5121 int col; | |
5122 char_u *buf1; | |
5123 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; | |
5124 int hex; /* 'X' or 'x': hex; '0': octal */ | |
5125 static int hexupper = FALSE; /* 0xABC */ | |
835 | 5126 unsigned long n; |
7 | 5127 long_u oldn; |
5128 char_u *ptr; | |
5129 int c; | |
5130 int length = 0; /* character length of the number */ | |
5131 int todel; | |
5132 int dohex; | |
5133 int dooct; | |
5134 int doalp; | |
5135 int firstdigit; | |
5136 int negative; | |
5137 int subtract; | |
5138 | |
5139 dohex = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'x') != NULL); /* "heX" */ | |
5140 dooct = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'o') != NULL); /* "Octal" */ | |
5141 doalp = (vim_strchr(curbuf->b_p_nf, 'p') != NULL); /* "alPha" */ | |
5142 | |
5143 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5144 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5145 | |
5146 /* | |
5147 * First check if we are on a hexadecimal number, after the "0x". | |
5148 */ | |
5149 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5150 if (dohex) | |
5151 while (col > 0 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col])) | |
5152 --col; | |
5153 if ( dohex | |
5154 && col > 0 | |
5155 && (ptr[col] == 'X' | |
5156 || ptr[col] == 'x') | |
5157 && ptr[col - 1] == '0' | |
5158 && vim_isxdigit(ptr[col + 1])) | |
5159 { | |
5160 /* | |
5161 * Found hexadecimal number, move to its start. | |
5162 */ | |
5163 --col; | |
5164 } | |
5165 else | |
5166 { | |
5167 /* | |
5168 * Search forward and then backward to find the start of number. | |
5169 */ | |
5170 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5171 | |
5172 while (ptr[col] != NUL | |
5173 && !vim_isdigit(ptr[col]) | |
5174 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5175 ++col; | |
5176 | |
5177 while (col > 0 | |
5178 && vim_isdigit(ptr[col - 1]) | |
5179 && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(ptr[col]))) | |
5180 --col; | |
5181 } | |
5182 | |
5183 /* | |
5184 * If a number was found, and saving for undo works, replace the number. | |
5185 */ | |
5186 firstdigit = ptr[col]; | |
5187 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5188 if ((!VIM_ISDIGIT(firstdigit) && !(doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit))) | |
5189 || u_save_cursor() != OK) | |
5190 { | |
5191 beep_flush(); | |
5192 return FAIL; | |
5193 } | |
5194 | |
5195 /* get ptr again, because u_save() may have changed it */ | |
5196 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
5197 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5198 | |
5199 if (doalp && ASCII_ISALPHA(firstdigit)) | |
5200 { | |
5201 /* decrement or increment alphabetic character */ | |
5202 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5203 { | |
5204 if (CharOrd(firstdigit) < Prenum1) | |
5205 { | |
5206 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5207 firstdigit = 'A'; | |
5208 else | |
5209 firstdigit = 'a'; | |
5210 } | |
5211 else | |
5212 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5213 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, -Prenum1); | |
5214 #else | |
5215 firstdigit -= Prenum1; | |
5216 #endif | |
5217 } | |
5218 else | |
5219 { | |
5220 if (26 - CharOrd(firstdigit) - 1 < Prenum1) | |
5221 { | |
5222 if (isupper(firstdigit)) | |
5223 firstdigit = 'Z'; | |
5224 else | |
5225 firstdigit = 'z'; | |
5226 } | |
5227 else | |
5228 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
5229 firstdigit = EBCDIC_CHAR_ADD(firstdigit, Prenum1); | |
5230 #else | |
5231 firstdigit += Prenum1; | |
5232 #endif | |
5233 } | |
5234 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5235 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5236 ins_char(firstdigit); | |
5237 } | |
5238 else | |
5239 { | |
5240 negative = FALSE; | |
5241 if (col > 0 && ptr[col - 1] == '-') /* negative number */ | |
5242 { | |
5243 --col; | |
5244 negative = TRUE; | |
5245 } | |
5246 | |
5247 /* get the number value (unsigned) */ | |
5248 vim_str2nr(ptr + col, &hex, &length, dooct, dohex, NULL, &n); | |
5249 | |
5250 /* ignore leading '-' for hex and octal numbers */ | |
5251 if (hex && negative) | |
5252 { | |
5253 ++col; | |
5254 --length; | |
5255 negative = FALSE; | |
5256 } | |
5257 | |
5258 /* add or subtract */ | |
5259 subtract = FALSE; | |
5260 if (command == Ctrl_X) | |
5261 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5262 if (negative) | |
5263 subtract ^= TRUE; | |
5264 | |
5265 oldn = n; | |
5266 if (subtract) | |
5267 n -= (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5268 else | |
5269 n += (unsigned long)Prenum1; | |
5270 | |
5271 /* handle wraparound for decimal numbers */ | |
5272 if (!hex) | |
5273 { | |
5274 if (subtract) | |
5275 { | |
5276 if (n > oldn) | |
5277 { | |
5278 n = 1 + (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5279 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5280 } | |
5281 } | |
5282 else /* add */ | |
5283 { | |
5284 if (n < oldn) | |
5285 { | |
5286 n = (n ^ (unsigned long)-1); | |
5287 negative ^= TRUE; | |
5288 } | |
5289 } | |
5290 if (n == 0) | |
5291 negative = FALSE; | |
5292 } | |
5293 | |
5294 /* | |
5295 * Delete the old number. | |
5296 */ | |
5297 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
5298 todel = length; | |
5299 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5300 /* | |
5301 * Don't include the '-' in the length, only the length of the part | |
5302 * after it is kept the same. | |
5303 */ | |
5304 if (c == '-') | |
5305 --length; | |
5306 while (todel-- > 0) | |
5307 { | |
5308 if (c < 0x100 && isalpha(c)) | |
5309 { | |
5310 if (isupper(c)) | |
5311 hexupper = TRUE; | |
5312 else | |
5313 hexupper = FALSE; | |
5314 } | |
5315 /* del_char() will mark line needing displaying */ | |
5316 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
5317 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
5318 } | |
5319 | |
5320 /* | |
5321 * Prepare the leading characters in buf1[]. | |
5322 * When there are many leading zeros it could be very long. Allocate | |
5323 * a bit too much. | |
5324 */ | |
5325 buf1 = alloc((unsigned)length + NUMBUFLEN); | |
5326 if (buf1 == NULL) | |
5327 return FAIL; | |
5328 ptr = buf1; | |
5329 if (negative) | |
5330 { | |
5331 *ptr++ = '-'; | |
5332 } | |
5333 if (hex) | |
5334 { | |
5335 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5336 --length; | |
5337 } | |
5338 if (hex == 'x' || hex == 'X') | |
5339 { | |
5340 *ptr++ = hex; | |
5341 --length; | |
5342 } | |
5343 | |
5344 /* | |
5345 * Put the number characters in buf2[]. | |
5346 */ | |
5347 if (hex == 0) | |
5348 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lu", n); | |
5349 else if (hex == '0') | |
5350 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lo", n); | |
5351 else if (hex && hexupper) | |
5352 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lX", n); | |
5353 else | |
5354 sprintf((char *)buf2, "%lx", n); | |
5355 length -= (int)STRLEN(buf2); | |
5356 | |
5357 /* | |
39 | 5358 * Adjust number of zeros to the new number of digits, so the |
5359 * total length of the number remains the same. | |
5360 * Don't do this when | |
5361 * the result may look like an octal number. | |
7 | 5362 */ |
39 | 5363 if (firstdigit == '0' && !(dooct && hex == 0)) |
7 | 5364 while (length-- > 0) |
5365 *ptr++ = '0'; | |
5366 *ptr = NUL; | |
5367 STRCAT(buf1, buf2); | |
5368 ins_str(buf1); /* insert the new number */ | |
5369 vim_free(buf1); | |
5370 } | |
5371 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
5372 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
5373 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5374 ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE); | |
5375 RLADDSUBFIX(ptr); | |
5376 #endif | |
5377 return OK; | |
5378 } | |
5379 | |
5380 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5381 int | |
5382 read_viminfo_register(virp, force) | |
5383 vir_T *virp; | |
5384 int force; | |
5385 { | |
5386 int eof; | |
5387 int do_it = TRUE; | |
5388 int size; | |
5389 int limit; | |
5390 int i; | |
5391 int set_prev = FALSE; | |
5392 char_u *str; | |
5393 char_u **array = NULL; | |
5394 | |
5395 /* We only get here (hopefully) if line[0] == '"' */ | |
5396 str = virp->vir_line + 1; | |
1893 | 5397 |
5398 /* If the line starts with "" this is the y_previous register. */ | |
7 | 5399 if (*str == '"') |
5400 { | |
5401 set_prev = TRUE; | |
5402 str++; | |
5403 } | |
1893 | 5404 |
7 | 5405 if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*str) && *str != '-') |
5406 { | |
5407 if (viminfo_error("E577: ", _("Illegal register name"), virp->vir_line)) | |
5408 return TRUE; /* too many errors, pretend end-of-file */ | |
5409 do_it = FALSE; | |
5410 } | |
5411 get_yank_register(*str++, FALSE); | |
5412 if (!force && y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5413 do_it = FALSE; | |
1893 | 5414 |
5415 if (*str == '@') | |
5416 { | |
5417 /* "x@: register x used for @@ */ | |
5418 if (force || execreg_lastc == NUL) | |
5419 execreg_lastc = str[-1]; | |
5420 } | |
5421 | |
7 | 5422 size = 0; |
5423 limit = 100; /* Optimized for registers containing <= 100 lines */ | |
5424 if (do_it) | |
5425 { | |
5426 if (set_prev) | |
5427 y_previous = y_current; | |
5428 vim_free(y_current->y_array); | |
5429 array = y_current->y_array = | |
5430 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(limit * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
1893 | 5431 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); |
7 | 5432 if (STRNCMP(str, "CHAR", 4) == 0) |
5433 y_current->y_type = MCHAR; | |
5434 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5435 else if (STRNCMP(str, "BLOCK", 5) == 0) | |
5436 y_current->y_type = MBLOCK; | |
5437 #endif | |
5438 else | |
5439 y_current->y_type = MLINE; | |
5440 /* get the block width; if it's missing we get a zero, which is OK */ | |
5441 str = skipwhite(skiptowhite(str)); | |
5442 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5443 y_current->y_width = getdigits(&str); | |
5444 #else | |
5445 (void)getdigits(&str); | |
5446 #endif | |
5447 } | |
5448 | |
5449 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(virp)) | |
5450 && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')) | |
5451 { | |
5452 if (do_it) | |
5453 { | |
5454 if (size >= limit) | |
5455 { | |
5456 y_current->y_array = (char_u **) | |
5457 alloc((unsigned)(limit * 2 * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5458 for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) | |
5459 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5460 vim_free(array); | |
5461 limit *= 2; | |
5462 array = y_current->y_array; | |
5463 } | |
5464 str = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5465 if (str != NULL) | |
5466 array[size++] = str; | |
5467 else | |
5468 do_it = FALSE; | |
5469 } | |
5470 } | |
5471 if (do_it) | |
5472 { | |
5473 if (size == 0) | |
5474 { | |
5475 vim_free(array); | |
5476 y_current->y_array = NULL; | |
5477 } | |
5478 else if (size < limit) | |
5479 { | |
5480 y_current->y_array = | |
5481 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)(size * sizeof(char_u *))); | |
5482 for (i = 0; i < size; i++) | |
5483 y_current->y_array[i] = array[i]; | |
5484 vim_free(array); | |
5485 } | |
5486 y_current->y_size = size; | |
5487 } | |
5488 return eof; | |
5489 } | |
5490 | |
5491 void | |
5492 write_viminfo_registers(fp) | |
5493 FILE *fp; | |
5494 { | |
5495 int i, j; | |
5496 char_u *type; | |
5497 char_u c; | |
5498 int num_lines; | |
5499 int max_num_lines; | |
5500 int max_kbyte; | |
5501 long len; | |
5502 | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5503 fputs(_("\n# Registers:\n"), fp); |
7 | 5504 |
5505 /* Get '<' value, use old '"' value if '<' is not found. */ | |
5506 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('<'); | |
5507 if (max_num_lines < 0) | |
5508 max_num_lines = get_viminfo_parameter('"'); | |
5509 if (max_num_lines == 0) | |
5510 return; | |
5511 max_kbyte = get_viminfo_parameter('s'); | |
5512 if (max_kbyte == 0) | |
5513 return; | |
1893 | 5514 |
7 | 5515 for (i = 0; i < NUM_REGISTERS; i++) |
5516 { | |
5517 if (y_regs[i].y_array == NULL) | |
5518 continue; | |
5519 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5520 /* Skip '*'/'+' register, we don't want them back next time */ | |
5521 if (i == STAR_REGISTER || i == PLUS_REGISTER) | |
5522 continue; | |
5523 #endif | |
5524 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
5525 /* Neither do we want the '~' register */ | |
5526 if (i == TILDE_REGISTER) | |
5527 continue; | |
5528 #endif | |
55 | 5529 /* Skip empty registers. */ |
7 | 5530 num_lines = y_regs[i].y_size; |
55 | 5531 if (num_lines == 0 |
5532 || (num_lines == 1 && y_regs[i].y_type == MCHAR | |
2278
0b3be97064e5
Various small fixes from Dominique Pelle.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
5533 && *y_regs[i].y_array[0] == NUL)) |
55 | 5534 continue; |
5535 | |
7 | 5536 if (max_kbyte > 0) |
5537 { | |
5538 /* Skip register if there is more text than the maximum size. */ | |
5539 len = 0; | |
5540 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
835 | 5541 len += (long)STRLEN(y_regs[i].y_array[j]) + 1L; |
7 | 5542 if (len > (long)max_kbyte * 1024L) |
5543 continue; | |
5544 } | |
5545 | |
5546 switch (y_regs[i].y_type) | |
5547 { | |
5548 case MLINE: | |
5549 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5550 break; | |
5551 case MCHAR: | |
5552 type = (char_u *)"CHAR"; | |
5553 break; | |
5554 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5555 case MBLOCK: | |
5556 type = (char_u *)"BLOCK"; | |
5557 break; | |
5558 #endif | |
5559 default: | |
5560 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("E574: Unknown register type %d"), | |
274 | 5561 y_regs[i].y_type); |
7 | 5562 emsg(IObuff); |
5563 type = (char_u *)"LINE"; | |
5564 break; | |
5565 } | |
5566 if (y_previous == &y_regs[i]) | |
5567 fprintf(fp, "\""); | |
5568 c = get_register_name(i); | |
1893 | 5569 fprintf(fp, "\"%c", c); |
5570 if (c == execreg_lastc) | |
5571 fprintf(fp, "@"); | |
5572 fprintf(fp, "\t%s\t%d\n", type, | |
7 | 5573 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
5574 (int)y_regs[i].y_width | |
5575 #else | |
5576 0 | |
5577 #endif | |
5578 ); | |
5579 | |
5580 /* If max_num_lines < 0, then we save ALL the lines in the register */ | |
5581 if (max_num_lines > 0 && num_lines > max_num_lines) | |
5582 num_lines = max_num_lines; | |
5583 for (j = 0; j < num_lines; j++) | |
5584 { | |
5585 putc('\t', fp); | |
5586 viminfo_writestring(fp, y_regs[i].y_array[j]); | |
5587 } | |
5588 } | |
5589 } | |
5590 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5591 | |
5592 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(PROTO) | |
5593 /* | |
5594 * SELECTION / PRIMARY ('*') | |
5595 * | |
5596 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI selection register '*'. When using a | |
5597 * GUI this may be text from another window, otherwise it is the last text we | |
5598 * had highlighted with VIsual mode. With mouse support, clicking the middle | |
5599 * button performs the paste, otherwise you will need to do <"*p>. " | |
5600 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the clipboard register '+'. | |
5601 * | |
5602 * X CLIPBOARD ('+') | |
5603 * | |
5604 * Text selection stuff that uses the GUI clipboard register '+'. | |
5605 * Under X, this matches the standard cut/paste buffer CLIPBOARD selection. | |
5606 * It will be used for unnamed cut/pasting is 'clipboard' contains "unnamed", | |
5607 * otherwise you will need to do <"+p>. " | |
5608 * If not under X, it is synonymous with the selection register '*'. | |
5609 */ | |
5610 | |
5611 /* | |
5612 * Routine to export any final X selection we had to the environment | |
5613 * so that the text is still available after vim has exited. X selections | |
5614 * only exist while the owning application exists, so we write to the | |
5615 * permanent (while X runs) store CUT_BUFFER0. | |
5616 * Dump the CLIPBOARD selection if we own it (it's logically the more | |
5617 * 'permanent' of the two), otherwise the PRIMARY one. | |
5618 * For now, use a hard-coded sanity limit of 1Mb of data. | |
5619 */ | |
5620 #if defined(FEAT_X11) && defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
5621 void | |
5622 x11_export_final_selection() | |
5623 { | |
5624 Display *dpy; | |
5625 char_u *str = NULL; | |
5626 long_u len = 0; | |
5627 int motion_type = -1; | |
5628 | |
5629 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5630 if (gui.in_use) | |
5631 dpy = X_DISPLAY; | |
5632 else | |
5633 # endif | |
5634 # ifdef FEAT_XCLIPBOARD | |
5635 dpy = xterm_dpy; | |
5636 # else | |
5637 return; | |
5638 # endif | |
5639 | |
5640 /* Get selection to export */ | |
5641 if (clip_plus.owned) | |
5642 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_plus); | |
5643 else if (clip_star.owned) | |
5644 motion_type = clip_convert_selection(&str, &len, &clip_star); | |
5645 | |
5646 /* Check it's OK */ | |
5647 if (dpy != NULL && str != NULL && motion_type >= 0 | |
5648 && len < 1024*1024 && len > 0) | |
5649 { | |
1924 | 5650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5651 /* The CUT_BUFFER0 is supposed to always contain latin1. Convert from | |
5652 * 'enc' when it is a multi-byte encoding. When 'enc' is an 8-bit | |
5653 * encoding conversion usually doesn't work, so keep the text as-is. | |
5654 */ | |
5655 if (has_mbyte) | |
5656 { | |
5657 vimconv_T vc; | |
5658 | |
5659 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
5660 if (convert_setup(&vc, p_enc, (char_u *)"latin1") == OK) | |
5661 { | |
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5662 int intlen = len; |
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2007
diff
changeset
|
5663 char_u *conv_str; |
2007 | 5664 |
5665 conv_str = string_convert(&vc, str, &intlen); | |
5666 len = intlen; | |
1924 | 5667 if (conv_str != NULL) |
5668 { | |
5669 vim_free(str); | |
5670 str = conv_str; | |
5671 } | |
5672 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); | |
5673 } | |
5674 } | |
5675 #endif | |
7 | 5676 XStoreBuffer(dpy, (char *)str, (int)len, 0); |
5677 XFlush(dpy); | |
5678 } | |
5679 | |
5680 vim_free(str); | |
5681 } | |
5682 #endif | |
5683 | |
5684 void | |
5685 clip_free_selection(cbd) | |
5686 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5687 { | |
5688 struct yankreg *y_ptr = y_current; | |
5689 | |
5690 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5691 y_current = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5692 else | |
5693 y_current = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5694 free_yank_all(); | |
5695 y_current->y_size = 0; | |
5696 y_current = y_ptr; | |
5697 } | |
5698 | |
5699 /* | |
5700 * Get the selected text and put it in the gui selection register '*' or '+'. | |
5701 */ | |
5702 void | |
5703 clip_get_selection(cbd) | |
5704 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5705 { | |
5706 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
5707 pos_T old_cursor; | |
5708 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5709 pos_T old_visual; | |
5710 int old_visual_mode; | |
5711 #endif | |
5712 colnr_T old_curswant; | |
5713 int old_set_curswant; | |
5714 pos_T old_op_start, old_op_end; | |
5715 oparg_T oa; | |
5716 cmdarg_T ca; | |
5717 | |
5718 if (cbd->owned) | |
5719 { | |
5720 if ((cbd == &clip_plus && y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER].y_array != NULL) | |
5721 || (cbd == &clip_star && y_regs[STAR_REGISTER].y_array != NULL)) | |
5722 return; | |
5723 | |
5724 /* Get the text between clip_star.start & clip_star.end */ | |
5725 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
5726 old_y_current = y_current; | |
5727 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
5728 old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
5729 old_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
5730 old_op_start = curbuf->b_op_start; | |
5731 old_op_end = curbuf->b_op_end; | |
5732 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5733 old_visual = VIsual; | |
5734 old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
5735 #endif | |
5736 clear_oparg(&oa); | |
5737 oa.regname = (cbd == &clip_plus ? '+' : '*'); | |
5738 oa.op_type = OP_YANK; | |
5739 vim_memset(&ca, 0, sizeof(ca)); | |
5740 ca.oap = &oa; | |
5741 ca.cmdchar = 'y'; | |
5742 ca.count1 = 1; | |
5743 ca.retval = CA_NO_ADJ_OP_END; | |
5744 do_pending_operator(&ca, 0, TRUE); | |
5745 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
5746 y_current = old_y_current; | |
5747 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
688 | 5748 changed_cline_bef_curs(); /* need to update w_virtcol et al */ |
7 | 5749 curwin->w_curswant = old_curswant; |
5750 curwin->w_set_curswant = old_set_curswant; | |
5751 curbuf->b_op_start = old_op_start; | |
5752 curbuf->b_op_end = old_op_end; | |
5753 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5754 VIsual = old_visual; | |
5755 VIsual_mode = old_visual_mode; | |
5756 #endif | |
5757 } | |
5758 else | |
5759 { | |
5760 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5761 | |
5762 /* Try to get selected text from another window */ | |
5763 clip_gen_request_selection(cbd); | |
5764 } | |
5765 } | |
5766 | |
2896 | 5767 /* |
5768 * Convert from the GUI selection string into the '*'/'+' register. | |
5769 */ | |
7 | 5770 void |
5771 clip_yank_selection(type, str, len, cbd) | |
5772 int type; | |
5773 char_u *str; | |
5774 long len; | |
5775 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5776 { | |
5777 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5778 | |
5779 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5780 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5781 else | |
5782 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5783 | |
5784 clip_free_selection(cbd); | |
5785 | |
5786 str_to_reg(y_ptr, type, str, len, 0L); | |
5787 } | |
5788 | |
5789 /* | |
5790 * Convert the '*'/'+' register into a GUI selection string returned in *str | |
5791 * with length *len. | |
5792 * Returns the motion type, or -1 for failure. | |
5793 */ | |
5794 int | |
5795 clip_convert_selection(str, len, cbd) | |
5796 char_u **str; | |
5797 long_u *len; | |
5798 VimClipboard *cbd; | |
5799 { | |
5800 char_u *p; | |
5801 int lnum; | |
5802 int i, j; | |
5803 int_u eolsize; | |
5804 struct yankreg *y_ptr; | |
5805 | |
5806 if (cbd == &clip_plus) | |
5807 y_ptr = &y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]; | |
5808 else | |
5809 y_ptr = &y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]; | |
5810 | |
5811 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
5812 eolsize = 2; | |
5813 #else | |
5814 eolsize = 1; | |
5815 #endif | |
5816 | |
5817 *str = NULL; | |
5818 *len = 0; | |
5819 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) | |
5820 return -1; | |
5821 | |
5822 for (i = 0; i < y_ptr->y_size; i++) | |
5823 *len += (long_u)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[i]) + eolsize; | |
5824 | |
5825 /* | |
5826 * Don't want newline character at end of last line if we're in MCHAR mode. | |
5827 */ | |
5828 if (y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR && *len >= eolsize) | |
5829 *len -= eolsize; | |
5830 | |
5831 p = *str = lalloc(*len + 1, TRUE); /* add one to avoid zero */ | |
5832 if (p == NULL) | |
5833 return -1; | |
5834 lnum = 0; | |
5835 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < (int)*len; i++, j++) | |
5836 { | |
5837 if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == '\n') | |
5838 p[i] = NUL; | |
5839 else if (y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j] == NUL) | |
5840 { | |
5841 #ifdef USE_CRNL | |
5842 p[i++] = '\r'; | |
5843 #endif | |
5844 #ifdef USE_CR | |
5845 p[i] = '\r'; | |
5846 #else | |
5847 p[i] = '\n'; | |
5848 #endif | |
5849 lnum++; | |
5850 j = -1; | |
5851 } | |
5852 else | |
5853 p[i] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum][j]; | |
5854 } | |
5855 return y_ptr->y_type; | |
5856 } | |
5857 | |
5858 | |
5859 # if defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
5860 /* | |
5861 * If we have written to a clipboard register, send the text to the clipboard. | |
5862 */ | |
5863 static void | |
5864 may_set_selection() | |
5865 { | |
5866 if (y_current == &(y_regs[STAR_REGISTER]) && clip_star.available) | |
5867 { | |
5868 clip_own_selection(&clip_star); | |
5869 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_star); | |
5870 } | |
5871 else if (y_current == &(y_regs[PLUS_REGISTER]) && clip_plus.available) | |
5872 { | |
5873 clip_own_selection(&clip_plus); | |
5874 clip_gen_set_selection(&clip_plus); | |
5875 } | |
5876 } | |
5877 # endif | |
5878 | |
5879 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || PROTO */ | |
5880 | |
5881 | |
5882 #if defined(FEAT_DND) || defined(PROTO) | |
5883 /* | |
5884 * Replace the contents of the '~' register with str. | |
5885 */ | |
5886 void | |
5887 dnd_yank_drag_data(str, len) | |
5888 char_u *str; | |
5889 long len; | |
5890 { | |
5891 struct yankreg *curr; | |
5892 | |
5893 curr = y_current; | |
5894 y_current = &y_regs[TILDE_REGISTER]; | |
5895 free_yank_all(); | |
5896 str_to_reg(y_current, MCHAR, str, len, 0L); | |
5897 y_current = curr; | |
5898 } | |
5899 #endif | |
5900 | |
5901 | |
5902 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
5903 /* | |
5904 * Return the type of a register. | |
5905 * Used for getregtype() | |
5906 * Returns MAUTO for error. | |
5907 */ | |
5908 char_u | |
5909 get_reg_type(regname, reglen) | |
5910 int regname; | |
5911 long *reglen; | |
5912 { | |
5913 switch (regname) | |
5914 { | |
5915 case '%': /* file name */ | |
5916 case '#': /* alternate file name */ | |
5917 case '=': /* expression */ | |
5918 case ':': /* last command line */ | |
5919 case '/': /* last search-pattern */ | |
5920 case '.': /* last inserted text */ | |
5921 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
5922 case Ctrl_F: /* Filename under cursor */ | |
5923 case Ctrl_P: /* Path under cursor, expand via "path" */ | |
5924 #endif | |
5925 case Ctrl_W: /* word under cursor */ | |
5926 case Ctrl_A: /* WORD (mnemonic All) under cursor */ | |
5927 case '_': /* black hole: always empty */ | |
5928 return MCHAR; | |
5929 } | |
5930 | |
5931 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5932 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
5933 #endif | |
5934 | |
5935 /* Should we check for a valid name? */ | |
5936 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
5937 | |
5938 if (y_current->y_array != NULL) | |
5939 { | |
5940 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
5941 if (reglen != NULL && y_current->y_type == MBLOCK) | |
5942 *reglen = y_current->y_width; | |
5943 #endif | |
5944 return y_current->y_type; | |
5945 } | |
5946 return MAUTO; | |
5947 } | |
5948 | |
5949 /* | |
5950 * Return the contents of a register as a single allocated string. | |
5951 * Used for "@r" in expressions and for getreg(). | |
5952 * Returns NULL for error. | |
5953 */ | |
5954 char_u * | |
283 | 5955 get_reg_contents(regname, allowexpr, expr_src) |
7 | 5956 int regname; |
283 | 5957 int allowexpr; /* allow "=" register */ |
5958 int expr_src; /* get expression for "=" register */ | |
7 | 5959 { |
5960 long i; | |
5961 char_u *retval; | |
5962 int allocated; | |
5963 long len; | |
5964 | |
5965 /* Don't allow using an expression register inside an expression */ | |
5966 if (regname == '=') | |
5967 { | |
5968 if (allowexpr) | |
283 | 5969 { |
5970 if (expr_src) | |
5971 return get_expr_line_src(); | |
7 | 5972 return get_expr_line(); |
283 | 5973 } |
7 | 5974 return NULL; |
5975 } | |
5976 | |
5977 if (regname == '@') /* "@@" is used for unnamed register */ | |
5978 regname = '"'; | |
5979 | |
5980 /* check for valid regname */ | |
5981 if (regname != NUL && !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) | |
5982 return NULL; | |
5983 | |
5984 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
5985 regname = may_get_selection(regname); | |
5986 #endif | |
5987 | |
5988 if (get_spec_reg(regname, &retval, &allocated, FALSE)) | |
5989 { | |
5990 if (retval == NULL) | |
5991 return NULL; | |
5992 if (!allocated) | |
5993 retval = vim_strsave(retval); | |
5994 return retval; | |
5995 } | |
5996 | |
5997 get_yank_register(regname, FALSE); | |
5998 if (y_current->y_array == NULL) | |
5999 return NULL; | |
6000 | |
6001 /* | |
6002 * Compute length of resulting string. | |
6003 */ | |
6004 len = 0; | |
6005 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6006 { | |
6007 len += (long)STRLEN(y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6008 /* | |
6009 * Insert a newline between lines and after last line if | |
6010 * y_type is MLINE. | |
6011 */ | |
6012 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6013 ++len; | |
6014 } | |
6015 | |
6016 retval = lalloc(len + 1, TRUE); | |
6017 | |
6018 /* | |
6019 * Copy the lines of the yank register into the string. | |
6020 */ | |
6021 if (retval != NULL) | |
6022 { | |
6023 len = 0; | |
6024 for (i = 0; i < y_current->y_size; ++i) | |
6025 { | |
6026 STRCPY(retval + len, y_current->y_array[i]); | |
6027 len += (long)STRLEN(retval + len); | |
6028 | |
6029 /* | |
6030 * Insert a NL between lines and after the last line if y_type is | |
6031 * MLINE. | |
6032 */ | |
6033 if (y_current->y_type == MLINE || i < y_current->y_size - 1) | |
6034 retval[len++] = '\n'; | |
6035 } | |
6036 retval[len] = NUL; | |
6037 } | |
6038 | |
6039 return retval; | |
6040 } | |
6041 | |
6042 /* | |
6043 * Store string "str" in register "name". | |
6044 * "maxlen" is the maximum number of bytes to use, -1 for all bytes. | |
6045 * If "must_append" is TRUE, always append to the register. Otherwise append | |
6046 * if "name" is an uppercase letter. | |
6047 * Note: "maxlen" and "must_append" don't work for the "/" register. | |
6048 * Careful: 'str' is modified, you may have to use a copy! | |
6049 * If "str" ends in '\n' or '\r', use linewise, otherwise use characterwise. | |
6050 */ | |
6051 void | |
6052 write_reg_contents(name, str, maxlen, must_append) | |
6053 int name; | |
6054 char_u *str; | |
6055 int maxlen; | |
6056 int must_append; | |
6057 { | |
6058 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, MAUTO, 0L); | |
6059 } | |
6060 | |
6061 void | |
6062 write_reg_contents_ex(name, str, maxlen, must_append, yank_type, block_len) | |
6063 int name; | |
6064 char_u *str; | |
6065 int maxlen; | |
6066 int must_append; | |
6067 int yank_type; | |
6068 long block_len; | |
6069 { | |
6070 struct yankreg *old_y_previous, *old_y_current; | |
6071 long len; | |
6072 | |
336 | 6073 if (maxlen >= 0) |
6074 len = maxlen; | |
6075 else | |
6076 len = (long)STRLEN(str); | |
6077 | |
7 | 6078 /* Special case: '/' search pattern */ |
6079 if (name == '/') | |
6080 { | |
6081 set_last_search_pat(str, RE_SEARCH, TRUE, TRUE); | |
6082 return; | |
6083 } | |
6084 | |
336 | 6085 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
6086 if (name == '=') | |
6087 { | |
6088 char_u *p, *s; | |
6089 | |
6090 p = vim_strnsave(str, (int)len); | |
6091 if (p == NULL) | |
6092 return; | |
6093 if (must_append) | |
6094 { | |
6095 s = concat_str(get_expr_line_src(), p); | |
6096 vim_free(p); | |
6097 p = s; | |
6098 | |
6099 } | |
6100 set_expr_line(p); | |
6101 return; | |
6102 } | |
6103 #endif | |
6104 | |
7 | 6105 if (!valid_yank_reg(name, TRUE)) /* check for valid reg name */ |
6106 { | |
168 | 6107 emsg_invreg(name); |
7 | 6108 return; |
6109 } | |
6110 | |
6111 if (name == '_') /* black hole: nothing to do */ | |
6112 return; | |
6113 | |
6114 /* Don't want to change the current (unnamed) register */ | |
6115 old_y_previous = y_previous; | |
6116 old_y_current = y_current; | |
6117 | |
6118 get_yank_register(name, TRUE); | |
6119 if (!y_append && !must_append) | |
6120 free_yank_all(); | |
6121 #ifndef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6122 /* Just in case - make sure we don't use MBLOCK */ | |
6123 if (yank_type == MBLOCK) | |
6124 yank_type = MAUTO; | |
6125 #endif | |
6126 str_to_reg(y_current, yank_type, str, len, block_len); | |
6127 | |
6128 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
6129 /* Send text of clipboard register to the clipboard. */ | |
6130 may_set_selection(); | |
6131 # endif | |
6132 | |
6133 /* ':let @" = "val"' should change the meaning of the "" register */ | |
6134 if (name != '"') | |
6135 y_previous = old_y_previous; | |
6136 y_current = old_y_current; | |
6137 } | |
6138 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ | |
6139 | |
6140 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6141 /* | |
6142 * Put a string into a register. When the register is not empty, the string | |
6143 * is appended. | |
6144 */ | |
6145 static void | |
2896 | 6146 str_to_reg(y_ptr, yank_type, str, len, blocklen) |
7 | 6147 struct yankreg *y_ptr; /* pointer to yank register */ |
2896 | 6148 int yank_type; /* MCHAR, MLINE, MBLOCK, MAUTO */ |
7 | 6149 char_u *str; /* string to put in register */ |
6150 long len; /* length of string */ | |
6151 long blocklen; /* width of Visual block */ | |
6152 { | |
2896 | 6153 int type; /* MCHAR, MLINE or MBLOCK */ |
7 | 6154 int lnum; |
6155 long start; | |
6156 long i; | |
6157 int extra; | |
6158 int newlines; /* number of lines added */ | |
6159 int extraline = 0; /* extra line at the end */ | |
6160 int append = FALSE; /* append to last line in register */ | |
6161 char_u *s; | |
6162 char_u **pp; | |
6163 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6164 long maxlen; | |
6165 #endif | |
6166 | |
2000 | 6167 if (y_ptr->y_array == NULL) /* NULL means empty register */ |
7 | 6168 y_ptr->y_size = 0; |
6169 | |
2896 | 6170 if (yank_type == MAUTO) |
6171 type = ((len > 0 && (str[len - 1] == NL || str[len - 1] == CAR)) | |
6172 ? MLINE : MCHAR); | |
6173 else | |
6174 type = yank_type; | |
6175 | |
7 | 6176 /* |
6177 * Count the number of lines within the string | |
6178 */ | |
6179 newlines = 0; | |
6180 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
6181 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6182 ++newlines; | |
6183 if (type == MCHAR || len == 0 || str[len - 1] != '\n') | |
6184 { | |
6185 extraline = 1; | |
6186 ++newlines; /* count extra newline at the end */ | |
6187 } | |
6188 if (y_ptr->y_size > 0 && y_ptr->y_type == MCHAR) | |
6189 { | |
6190 append = TRUE; | |
6191 --newlines; /* uncount newline when appending first line */ | |
6192 } | |
6193 | |
6194 /* | |
6195 * Allocate an array to hold the pointers to the new register lines. | |
6196 * If the register was not empty, move the existing lines to the new array. | |
6197 */ | |
6198 pp = (char_u **)lalloc_clear((y_ptr->y_size + newlines) | |
6199 * sizeof(char_u *), TRUE); | |
6200 if (pp == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6201 return; | |
6202 for (lnum = 0; lnum < y_ptr->y_size; ++lnum) | |
6203 pp[lnum] = y_ptr->y_array[lnum]; | |
6204 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array); | |
6205 y_ptr->y_array = pp; | |
6206 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6207 maxlen = 0; | |
6208 #endif | |
6209 | |
6210 /* | |
6211 * Find the end of each line and save it into the array. | |
6212 */ | |
6213 for (start = 0; start < len + extraline; start += i + 1) | |
6214 { | |
6215 for (i = start; i < len; ++i) /* find the end of the line */ | |
6216 if (str[i] == '\n') | |
6217 break; | |
6218 i -= start; /* i is now length of line */ | |
6219 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6220 if (i > maxlen) | |
6221 maxlen = i; | |
6222 #endif | |
6223 if (append) | |
6224 { | |
6225 --lnum; | |
6226 extra = (int)STRLEN(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6227 } | |
6228 else | |
6229 extra = 0; | |
6230 s = alloc((unsigned)(i + extra + 1)); | |
6231 if (s == NULL) | |
6232 break; | |
6233 if (extra) | |
6234 mch_memmove(s, y_ptr->y_array[lnum], (size_t)extra); | |
6235 if (append) | |
6236 vim_free(y_ptr->y_array[lnum]); | |
6237 if (i) | |
6238 mch_memmove(s + extra, str + start, (size_t)i); | |
6239 extra += i; | |
6240 s[extra] = NUL; | |
6241 y_ptr->y_array[lnum++] = s; | |
6242 while (--extra >= 0) | |
6243 { | |
6244 if (*s == NUL) | |
6245 *s = '\n'; /* replace NUL with newline */ | |
6246 ++s; | |
6247 } | |
6248 append = FALSE; /* only first line is appended */ | |
6249 } | |
6250 y_ptr->y_type = type; | |
6251 y_ptr->y_size = lnum; | |
6252 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6253 if (type == MBLOCK) | |
6254 y_ptr->y_width = (blocklen < 0 ? maxlen - 1 : blocklen); | |
6255 else | |
6256 y_ptr->y_width = 0; | |
6257 # endif | |
6258 } | |
6259 #endif /* FEAT_CLIPBOARD || FEAT_EVAL || PROTO */ | |
6260 | |
6261 void | |
6262 clear_oparg(oap) | |
6263 oparg_T *oap; | |
6264 { | |
6265 vim_memset(oap, 0, sizeof(oparg_T)); | |
6266 } | |
6267 | |
161 | 6268 static long line_count_info __ARGS((char_u *line, long *wc, long *cc, long limit, int eol_size)); |
7 | 6269 |
6270 /* | |
161 | 6271 * Count the number of bytes, characters and "words" in a line. |
7 | 6272 * |
6273 * "Words" are counted by looking for boundaries between non-space and | |
6274 * space characters. (it seems to produce results that match 'wc'.) | |
6275 * | |
161 | 6276 * Return value is byte count; word count for the line is added to "*wc". |
6277 * Char count is added to "*cc". | |
7 | 6278 * |
6279 * The function will only examine the first "limit" characters in the | |
6280 * line, stopping if it encounters an end-of-line (NUL byte). In that | |
6281 * case, eol_size will be added to the character count to account for | |
6282 * the size of the EOL character. | |
6283 */ | |
6284 static long | |
161 | 6285 line_count_info(line, wc, cc, limit, eol_size) |
7 | 6286 char_u *line; |
6287 long *wc; | |
161 | 6288 long *cc; |
7 | 6289 long limit; |
6290 int eol_size; | |
6291 { | |
161 | 6292 long i; |
6293 long words = 0; | |
6294 long chars = 0; | |
7 | 6295 int is_word = 0; |
6296 | |
161 | 6297 for (i = 0; line[i] && i < limit; ) |
7 | 6298 { |
6299 if (is_word) | |
6300 { | |
6301 if (vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6302 { | |
6303 words++; | |
6304 is_word = 0; | |
6305 } | |
6306 } | |
6307 else if (!vim_isspace(line[i])) | |
6308 is_word = 1; | |
161 | 6309 ++chars; |
6310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6311 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + i); |
161 | 6312 #else |
6313 ++i; | |
6314 #endif | |
7 | 6315 } |
6316 | |
6317 if (is_word) | |
6318 words++; | |
6319 *wc += words; | |
6320 | |
6321 /* Add eol_size if the end of line was reached before hitting limit. */ | |
2996 | 6322 if (i < limit && line[i] == NUL) |
161 | 6323 { |
7 | 6324 i += eol_size; |
161 | 6325 chars += eol_size; |
6326 } | |
6327 *cc += chars; | |
7 | 6328 return i; |
6329 } | |
6330 | |
6331 /* | |
6332 * Give some info about the position of the cursor (for "g CTRL-G"). | |
6333 * In Visual mode, give some info about the selected region. (In this case, | |
6334 * the *_count_cursor variables store running totals for the selection.) | |
6335 */ | |
6336 void | |
6337 cursor_pos_info() | |
6338 { | |
6339 char_u *p; | |
274 | 6340 char_u buf1[50]; |
6341 char_u buf2[40]; | |
7 | 6342 linenr_T lnum; |
161 | 6343 long byte_count = 0; |
6344 long byte_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6345 long char_count = 0; |
6346 long char_count_cursor = 0; | |
161 | 6347 long word_count = 0; |
6348 long word_count_cursor = 0; | |
7 | 6349 int eol_size; |
6350 long last_check = 100000L; | |
6351 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6352 long line_count_selected = 0; | |
6353 pos_T min_pos, max_pos; | |
6354 oparg_T oparg; | |
6355 struct block_def bd; | |
6356 #endif | |
6357 | |
6358 /* | |
6359 * Compute the length of the file in characters. | |
6360 */ | |
6361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) | |
6362 { | |
6363 MSG(_(no_lines_msg)); | |
6364 } | |
6365 else | |
6366 { | |
6367 if (get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_DOS) | |
6368 eol_size = 2; | |
6369 else | |
6370 eol_size = 1; | |
6371 | |
6372 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6373 if (VIsual_active) | |
6374 { | |
6375 if (lt(VIsual, curwin->w_cursor)) | |
6376 { | |
6377 min_pos = VIsual; | |
6378 max_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6379 } | |
6380 else | |
6381 { | |
6382 min_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
6383 max_pos = VIsual; | |
6384 } | |
6385 if (*p_sel == 'e' && max_pos.col > 0) | |
6386 --max_pos.col; | |
6387 | |
6388 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
6389 { | |
1866 | 6390 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6391 char_u * saved_sbr = p_sbr; | |
6392 | |
6393 /* Make 'sbr' empty for a moment to get the correct size. */ | |
6394 p_sbr = empty_option; | |
6395 #endif | |
7 | 6396 oparg.is_VIsual = 1; |
6397 oparg.block_mode = TRUE; | |
6398 oparg.op_type = OP_NOP; | |
6399 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, | |
688 | 6400 &oparg.start_vcol, &oparg.end_vcol); |
1866 | 6401 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6402 p_sbr = saved_sbr; | |
6403 #endif | |
688 | 6404 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) |
6405 oparg.end_vcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6406 /* Swap the start, end vcol if needed */ |
6407 if (oparg.end_vcol < oparg.start_vcol) | |
6408 { | |
6409 oparg.end_vcol += oparg.start_vcol; | |
6410 oparg.start_vcol = oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol; | |
6411 oparg.end_vcol -= oparg.start_vcol; | |
6412 } | |
6413 } | |
6414 line_count_selected = max_pos.lnum - min_pos.lnum + 1; | |
6415 } | |
6416 #endif | |
6417 | |
6418 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6419 { | |
6420 /* Check for a CTRL-C every 100000 characters. */ | |
161 | 6421 if (byte_count > last_check) |
7 | 6422 { |
6423 ui_breakcheck(); | |
6424 if (got_int) | |
6425 return; | |
161 | 6426 last_check = byte_count + 100000L; |
7 | 6427 } |
6428 | |
6429 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6430 /* Do extra processing for VIsual mode. */ | |
6431 if (VIsual_active | |
6432 && lnum >= min_pos.lnum && lnum <= max_pos.lnum) | |
6433 { | |
45 | 6434 char_u *s = NULL; |
6435 long len = 0L; | |
6436 | |
7 | 6437 switch (VIsual_mode) |
6438 { | |
6439 case Ctrl_V: | |
6440 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6441 virtual_op = virtual_active(); | |
6442 # endif | |
6443 block_prep(&oparg, &bd, lnum, 0); | |
6444 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
6445 virtual_op = MAYBE; | |
6446 # endif | |
45 | 6447 s = bd.textstart; |
6448 len = (long)bd.textlen; | |
7 | 6449 break; |
6450 case 'V': | |
45 | 6451 s = ml_get(lnum); |
6452 len = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 6453 break; |
6454 case 'v': | |
6455 { | |
6456 colnr_T start_col = (lnum == min_pos.lnum) | |
6457 ? min_pos.col : 0; | |
6458 colnr_T end_col = (lnum == max_pos.lnum) | |
6459 ? max_pos.col - start_col + 1 : MAXCOL; | |
6460 | |
45 | 6461 s = ml_get(lnum) + start_col; |
6462 len = end_col; | |
7 | 6463 } |
6464 break; | |
6465 } | |
45 | 6466 if (s != NULL) |
6467 { | |
161 | 6468 byte_count_cursor += line_count_info(s, &word_count_cursor, |
6469 &char_count_cursor, len, eol_size); | |
45 | 6470 if (lnum == curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
6471 && !curbuf->b_p_eol | |
6472 && curbuf->b_p_bin | |
50 | 6473 && (long)STRLEN(s) < len) |
161 | 6474 byte_count_cursor -= eol_size; |
45 | 6475 } |
7 | 6476 } |
6477 else | |
6478 #endif | |
6479 { | |
6480 /* In non-visual mode, check for the line the cursor is on */ | |
6481 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
6482 { | |
6483 word_count_cursor += word_count; | |
161 | 6484 char_count_cursor += char_count; |
6485 byte_count_cursor = byte_count + | |
6486 line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), | |
6487 &word_count_cursor, &char_count_cursor, | |
7 | 6488 (long)(curwin->w_cursor.col + 1), eol_size); |
6489 } | |
6490 } | |
6491 /* Add to the running totals */ | |
161 | 6492 byte_count += line_count_info(ml_get(lnum), &word_count, |
6493 &char_count, (long)MAXCOL, eol_size); | |
7 | 6494 } |
6495 | |
6496 /* Correction for when last line doesn't have an EOL. */ | |
6497 if (!curbuf->b_p_eol && curbuf->b_p_bin) | |
161 | 6498 byte_count -= eol_size; |
7 | 6499 |
6500 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6501 if (VIsual_active) | |
6502 { | |
688 | 6503 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V && curwin->w_curswant < MAXCOL) |
7 | 6504 { |
6505 getvcols(curwin, &min_pos, &max_pos, &min_pos.col, | |
688 | 6506 &max_pos.col); |
1869 | 6507 vim_snprintf((char *)buf1, sizeof(buf1), _("%ld Cols; "), |
7 | 6508 (long)(oparg.end_vcol - oparg.start_vcol + 1)); |
6509 } | |
6510 else | |
6511 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
6512 | |
161 | 6513 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
274 | 6514 && char_count == byte_count) |
1869 | 6515 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6516 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
7 | 6517 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6518 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6519 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6520 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6521 else | |
1869 | 6522 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6523 _("Selected %s%ld of %ld Lines; %ld of %ld Words; %ld of %ld Chars; %ld of %ld Bytes"), | |
161 | 6524 buf1, line_count_selected, |
6525 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6526 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6527 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6528 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6529 } |
6530 else | |
6531 #endif | |
6532 { | |
6533 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
6534 validate_virtcol(); | |
1869 | 6535 col_print(buf1, sizeof(buf1), (int)curwin->w_cursor.col + 1, |
7 | 6536 (int)curwin->w_virtcol + 1); |
1869 | 6537 col_print(buf2, sizeof(buf2), (int)STRLEN(p), linetabsize(p)); |
7 | 6538 |
161 | 6539 if (char_count_cursor == byte_count_cursor |
6540 && char_count == byte_count) | |
1869 | 6541 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6542 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
7 | 6543 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6544 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6545 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6546 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
161 | 6547 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); |
6548 else | |
1869 | 6549 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
6550 _("Col %s of %s; Line %ld of %ld; Word %ld of %ld; Char %ld of %ld; Byte %ld of %ld"), | |
161 | 6551 (char *)buf1, (char *)buf2, |
6552 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
6553 (long)curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count, | |
6554 word_count_cursor, word_count, | |
6555 char_count_cursor, char_count, | |
6556 byte_count_cursor, byte_count); | |
7 | 6557 } |
6558 | |
6559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
161 | 6560 byte_count = bomb_size(); |
6561 if (byte_count > 0) | |
7 | 6562 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff), _("(+%ld for BOM)"), |
161 | 6563 byte_count); |
7 | 6564 #endif |
6565 /* Don't shorten this message, the user asked for it. */ | |
6566 p = p_shm; | |
6567 p_shm = (char_u *)""; | |
6568 msg(IObuff); | |
6569 p_shm = p; | |
6570 } | |
6571 } |